national board for technical education curriculum … mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
1
NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION
CURRICULUM AND COURSE SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA (HND)
IN
MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
OPTIONS IN: 1. AUTOMOTIVE MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING
2. INDUSTRIAL MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING
APRIL 2018
![Page 2: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 CERTIFICATION AND TITLE OF THE PROGRAMME:
The certificate to be awarded and the programme title shall read:“HIGHERNATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS
ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY”
2.0 GOAL AND OBJECTIVES
Goal
The Higher National Diploma Programme in Mechatronics Engineering Technology with options in automotive and industrial mechatronics is
aimed at producing technologists with knowledge and skills to carry out design implementation, operations, troubleshooting and maintenance of
mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy.
Objectives
On completion of HND Automotive Mechatronics Engineering Technology programme, the diplomates should:
Function as technologists in automotive mechatronics as well as other related industries;
Participate in the development of machines and equipment for automotive industries
Carry out necessary general tests procedures and standard trouble-shooting techniques in fault detection and rectification ofautomotive
and related products;
Use intelligent diagnostic equipment in maintenance and repairs of automotive products;
Observe relevant safety precautions in Mechatronics and other related Engineering practice;
Use relevant techniques to implement optimal designs and install automated machines and robots to meet the needs of the automotive and
related industries;
Manage an enterprise effectively and efficiently.
![Page 3: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
3
On completion of HND Industrial Mechatronics Engineering Technology programme, the diplomates should:
Function as technologists in industrial mechatronics as well as other related industries;
Participate in the development of machines and equipment for domestic and industrial applications
Carry out necessary general tests procedures and standard trouble-shooting techniques in fault detection and rectification of
Power plants, Pneumatic or Hydraulic plants, Biomedical and related products;
Use intelligent diagnostic equipment in maintenance and repairs of industrial machinery;
Observe relevant safety precautions in Mechatronics and other related Engineering practice;
Use relevant techniques to implement optimal designs and install automated machines and robots to meet the needs of the manufacturing
and related industries;
Manage an enterprise effectively and efficiently.
3.0 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
The general entry requirements for the HND program include:
a) Allthe requirements for admission into ND programme in Mechatronics Engineering Technology.
b) A three year ND Mechatronics Engineering Technology programme or a relevant ND in engineering discipline (Electrical/Electronics,
Computer and Mechanical Engineering Technology) with one year post ND industrial experience.
c) A minimum of lower credit pass (CGPA) of 2.50 and above in the ND examination..
d) In exceptional cases, the ND diplomates with a pass grade (CGPA) 2.0 - 2.49) in the ND examination with one year post ND industrial
experience for Mechatronics and two years post ND industrial experience for a relevant ND programme in engineering discipline
(Electrical/Electronics, Computer and Mechanical Engineering Technology). However, the number of these candidates should not be
more than 10% of the total student intake in each class.
4.0 DURATION
The programme is designed to run for at least a minimum of four semesters, which is two academic sessions.
![Page 4: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
4
5.0 CURRICULUM
5.1 The curriculum of the HND programme consists of four main components. These are:
General Studies/Education
Foundation courses
Professional Core Courses
Projects
5.2 The General Education component shall include courses in:
English Language, Communication, Industrial Management and Engineer in Society, The General Education component shall account for
not more than 10 - 15% of the total contact hours for the programme.
5.3 Foundation courses include courses in Mathematics. The number of hours for the programme may account for about 10-15% of the total
contact hours.
5.4 Professional courses are core courses of the programme which give the student the theory and professional skills he needs to practise his field
of calling at the technologist level. These may account for between 60-70% of the contact hours.
6.0 CURRICULUM STRUCTURE
The structure of the HND programme consists of four semesters of classroom, laboratory and workshop activities in the college.
Each semester shall be of 17 weeks duration made up as follows:
15 contact weeks of teaching, i.e. lecture recitation and practical exercises, etc. and 2 weeks for tests, quizzes, examinations and registration.
![Page 5: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
5
7.0 ACCREDITATION
The Higher National Diploma programme shall be accredited by the National Board for Technical Education before the diplomates can be
awarded the Higher National Diploma certificates. Details about the process of accrediting a programme for the award of the National Diploma
are available from the Executive Secretary, National Board for Technical Education, Plot “B”, Bida Road, P.M.B. 2239, Kaduna, Nigeria.
8.0 CONDITIONS FOR AWARD OF HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA
The award of Higher National Diploma includes the following:
a. Satisfactory performance in all prescribed course work which may include class work, tests, quizzes.
b. Workshop practice, laboratory work.
c. Satisfactory performance at all semester examinations.
d. Satisfactory completion of final year project work normally, continuous assessment contributes 30%, project work 10% while semester
examinations are weighted 60% to make a total of 100%.
Higher National Diploma shall be awarded based on the Standardized Unified Grading System as follows:
Mark Range (%) Letter Grade Weighting
75 and Above A 4.00
70 – 74 AB 3.50
65 - 69 B 3.25
60 – 64 BC 3.00
55 – 59 C 2.75
50 – 54 CD 2.50
45 - 49 D 2.25
40 - 44 E 2.00
Below 40 F 0.00
![Page 6: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
6
Unified Class of Diploma
Distinction - CGPA of 3.5 and Above
Upper Credit - CGPA of 3.00 - 3.49
Lower Credit - CGPA of 2.50 - 2.99
Pass - CGPA of 2.00 - 2.49.
9.0 GUIDANCE NOTES FOR TEACHERS TEACHING THE PROGRAMME
9.1 The new curriculum is drawn in unit courses. This is in keeping with the provisions of the National Policy on Education which stress the
need to introduce the semester credit units which will enable a student who so wish to transfer the units already completed in an institution
similar standard from which he/she is transferring.
9.2 In designing the units, the principle of the modular system by product has been adopted, thus making each of the professional modules, when
completed provides the student with technician operative skills, which can be used for employment purposes self - and otherwise.
9.3 As the success of the credit unit system depends on the articulation of programmes between the institutions and industry, the curriculum
content has been written in behavioural objectives, so that it is clear to all the expected performance of the student who successfully completed
some of the courses or the diplomates of the programme. This is slight departure in the presentation of the performance based curriculum which
requires the conditions under which the performance are expected to be carried out and the criteria for the acceptable levels of performance. It is
a deliberate attempt to further involve the staff of the department teaching he programme to write their own curriculum stating the conditions
existing in their institution under which performance can take place and to follow that with the criteria for determining an acceptance level of
performance. Departmental submission on the final curriculum may be vetted by the Academic Board of the institution. Our aim is to continue to
see to it that a solid internal evaluation system exists in each institution for ensuring minimum standard and quality of education in the
programmes offered throughout the Polytechnic system.
![Page 7: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
7
9.4 The teaching of the theory and practical work should, as much as possible, be integrated. Practical exercises, especially those in professional
courses and laboratory work should not be taught in isolation from the theory. For each course, there should be a balance of theory to practical in
the ratio of 50:50 or 60:40 or the reverse.
10.0 FINAL YEAR PROJECT
Final year students in this programme are expected to carry out a project work. This could be on individual basis or group work. The project
should, as much as possible incorporates basic element of design, drawing and complete fabrication of a marketable item or something that can
be put to use. Project reports should be well presented and should be properly supervised. The departments should make their own arrangement
of schedules for project work.
![Page 8: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
8
CURRICULUM TABLE
Higher National Diploma (HND) In Mechatronics Engineering Technology
Options in: Automotive Mechatronics and Industrial Mechatronics First Semester
Course Code Course Title L T P CU CH
GNS 301 Use of English III 2 0 0 2 2
MTH 311 Advanced Algebra 2 0 0 2 2
EEd 413 Entrepreneurship Development 1 0 2 3 3
MCE 311 Signals and systems 1 0 1 2 2
MCE 312 Measurement & Instrumentation 1 0 2 3 3
MCE 313 Electro-Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems 1 0 2 3 3
MCE 314 Computer Programming 1 0 2 3 3
MCE 315 Engineering Materials and Applications 1 0 2 3 3
MCE 316 Applied Thermodynamics 2 0 1 3 3
MCE 317 Power Electronics 1 0 2 3 3
TOTAL 13 0 14 27 27
Second Semester
Course Code Course Title L T P CU CH
GNS 302 Communication in English III 2 0 0 2 2
MTH 312 Advanced Calculus 2 0 0 2 2
MCE 321 Research Methodology 2 0 0 2 2
MCE 322 Strength of Materials 1 0 2 3 3
GNS 313 Engineer in Society 2 0 0 2 2
MCE 324 Fluid Mechanics 1 0 2 3 3
MCE 325 Mechanisms and Drive Systems 2 0 2 4 4
MCE 326 Sensors and Actuators 2 0 1 3 3
MCE 327 Control Systems 2 0 2 4 4
MCE 328 Digital Electronics 2 0 2 4 4
TOTAL 18 0 11 29 29
![Page 9: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
9
Third Semester
Course Code Course Title L T P CU CH
GNS 401 Use of English IV 2 0 0 2 2
MTH 412 Numerical Methods 2 0 0 2 2
EED 416 Entrepreneurship Development II 1 0 2 3 3
MCE 411 Engineering Product Design 2 0 0 2 2
MCE 412 Micro-Controller and Microprocessors 2 0 2 4 4
MCE 413 Joining & Fabrication Processes 1 0 2 3 3
MCE 414 Artificial Intelligence 2 0 0 2 2
Industrial Mechatronics Option
MCI 411 Industrial Troubleshooting and Maintenance 2 0 2 4 4
MCI 412 Industrial Communication 2 0 2 2 2
MCI 413 Industrial Controls I(PLC) 2 0 1 3 3
Total 18 0 10 28 28
Automotive Mechatronics Option
MCA 411 Automotive Technology I 2 0 1 3 3
MCA 412 Vehicle Diagnosis and Maintenance 1 0 2 3 3
MCA 413 Automotive Networking 1 0 1 2 2
Total 16 0 10 26 26
Fourth Semester
Course Code Course Title L T P CU CH
GNS 402 Literary and Oral Appreciation 2 0 0 2 2
MTH 422 Statistical Methods in Engineering 2 0 0 2 2
MCE 421 Quality Assurance 2 0 0 2 2
MCE 422 Production Management 2 0 0 2 2
MCE 423 CNC Technology 2 0 2 4 4
MCE 425 Robotics 1 0 2 3 3
Industrial Mechatronics Option
MCI 421 Medical Mechatronics 2 0 1 3 3
MCI 422 Industrial Controls II (DCS & SCADA) 2 0 3 5 5
MCI 423 Industrial Mechatronics Project II 0 0 3 3 3
Total 15 1 11 27 27
Automotive Mechatronics Option
MCA 421 Automotive Technology II 2 0 2 4 4
MCA 422 Intelligent Vehicle Technologies 2 0 1 3 3
MCA 423 Automotive Mechatronics Project II 0 0 3 3 3
Total 15 1 10 26 26
![Page 10: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
10
FIRST SEMESTER COURSES
![Page 11: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
11
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: USE OF ENGLISH III
COURSE CODE: GNS 301
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: USE OF ENGLISH III
Semester: FIRST
Code: GNS 301
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is intended to further improve student’s level of proficiency and competence in language use. It is designed to
increase students’ ability to master and manipulate the various language skills to build compact argument in their writings at a higher
level.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the basics of good and logical constructions of grammatical English
2 Understand the principles of logic to language use.
3 Understand the different techniques of writing good essays.
4 Understand the tools of literary appreciation.
![Page 12: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
12
USE OF ENGLISH III
PROGRAMME: ALL OPTIONS – HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA PROGRAMME
COURSE TITLE: USE OF ENGLISH III COURSE CODE: GNS 301 CONTACT HOURS: 2-0-0 HRS/WEEK
COURSE SPECIFICATION: Theory and practice. Practical Content:
General Objective: Understand the basics of good and logical constructions of grammatical English
WEEK Specific Learning
Objective
Teachers Activities Learning Resources Specific
Learning
Objective
Teachers
Activities
Learning
Resources
1- 4
Identify and construct
good sentences.
The teacher:
1.1 explains the sentence
1.2 explains the part of a
sentence [SPCA] and
differentiate it in terms of
structural and functional
classifications
1.3 differentiates sentence
from a phrase and a clause
1.4 explains the use of tenses
in English language
1.5 identifies and explains
types of tenses
1.6 constructs sentences to
depict correct use of tenses
1.7 explains concord
1.8 explains types of concord
and rules of concord
1.9 applies the rules of concord
in sentence construction.
Recommended texts,
white board, marker,
and duster.
Students should
be able to
identify and
construct
correct
sentences.
Students are
instructed to
construct correct
sentences
reflecting
varieties of tenses
form. They are
equally instructed
to spot errors in
given sentences.
Recommended
texts and
writing
materials
General Objective: Understand the principles of logic to language use.
5-7 Apply the principles of
logic to language use.
The teacher explains:
2.1 meaning of logic
2.2 terms in logic i.e.
fact and opinion,
Recommended texts,
white board, marker,
duster, and excerpt
from
Students should
learn to apply
the principles
of logic to
Students are made
to work on
excerpt passages
to discuss logical
expressions or
Recommended
texts, writing
materials,
excerpts from
newspapers,
![Page 13: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
13
fallacy, inferences,
assumptions e.t.c
2.3 importance of logic
2.4 basic principles of Logic
2.5 facts and opinions using
principles of logic
2.6 methods of reasoning:
deductive and inductive
arguments.
Newspapers/magazines. language use. otherwise of ideas
therein.
magazines and
journals.
General Objective: Understand the different techniques of writing good essays.
8-11 To teach different
techniques of writing
good essays.
The teacher explains:
3.1 essays and distinguishes it
from other forms of
continuous writing;
3.2 the different types of
essays;
3.3 the characteristics of
each type in 3.2 above;
3.4 different techniques
writing-descriptive,
narrative, argumentative,
and expository-
exploiting suitable logical
order;
3.5 the features of each of the
techniques in 3.4 above;
3.6 he/she used published
essays to exemplify each
writing techniques.
Excerpt from
magazines and
newspapers, white
board, duster, and
marker.
To learn
different
techniques of
writing good
essays.
Students are
asked to write
essays following
teacher’s model.
Writing
materials and
excerpts from
newspapers
General Objective: Understand the tools of literary appreciation.
12-15 Learn the tools of literary
appreciation.
The teacher explains:
4.1 the term literature and its
genres;
4.2 functions of literature;
Recommended texts,
white board, marker,
duster, tape recorder,
and DVD player.
Students should
be able to
identify and use
poetry
1. The teacher
identify
figurative
expressions
Recommended
texts, tape
recorders and
DVD player
![Page 14: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
14
4.3 the tools of poetic
analysis i.e. theme, tone,
mood, rhythm,
language/diction,
rhyme, styles, figurative
expression, e.t.c.
4.4 The teacher analyzes
selected poems from the
prescribed text.
terminologies.
They should
equally be able
to analyze a
given poem.
in a given poem.
1. Determine
the quality of
language in
use.
![Page 15: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
15
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE: ADVANCED ALGEBRA
COURSE TITLE: MTH 311
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: ADVANCED ALGEBRA
Semester: FIRST
Code: MTH 311
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
Goal:
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand hyperbolic, exponential and logarithmic functions.
2 Understand power, Maclaurin and Taylor series with application to logarithmic trigonometric and hyperbolic Functions.
3 Understand the principle of mathematical Induction.
4 Understand the principles of matrices as applied to engineering problems.
5 Understand the principles of vector Algebra.
6 Understand the concept and application of complex numbers.
![Page 16: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
16
ADVANCED ALGEBRA
PROGRAMME: HND IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: ADVANCED ALGEBRA Course Code: MTH 311 Contact Hours: 2-0-0 HRS/WK
Theoretical Content Practical Content
General Objective 1.0: Understand hyperbolic, exponential and logarithmic functions
Week Specific
Learning
Outcomes
Teacher’s
Activities
Resources Specific
Learning
Outcomes
Teachers
Activities
Resources
1-2
1.1 Define hyperbolic
sine and cosine
functions in terms of
exponential
functions
1.2 Draw the
hyperbolic graphs for
sine, cosine, tangent
1.3 Transform
hyperbolic to
trigonometrical
functions, and vice -
versa
1.4 Evaluate
universal
trigonometric
logarithmic functions
1.5 Review
logarithmic functions
1.6 Solve problems
involving 1.4 above
e.g evaluate tan-1(1) -
tan-1(-1)
• The teacher to illustrate
with good
examples and make notes
where
necessary
• Ask the students:
• to define hyperbolic
sine and cosine
functions in terms of
exponential
functions and draw the
hyperbolic
graphs for sine, cosine,
tangent
• to transform hyperbolic
to
trigonomentrical
functions, and viceversa
• to evaluate universal
trigonometrical
functions and solve
problems relating
to it. E.g tan-1(1) - tan-
1(-1)
• Assess the students
Recommended
textbook, chalkboard,
chalk, lecture notes
etc.
General Objective: 2.0 Understand power, Maclaurin and Taylor series with application to logarithmic trigonometric and
hyperbolic Functions
3-5 2.1 State the power • to state the power series • Chalk,
![Page 17: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
17
series of the form
(1+n)
2.2 Evaluate power
series in 2.1 above
2.3 Test for the
convergence/divergen
ce of the series
in 2.2 above
2.4 Apply Taylor’s
formula
2.5 Derive
Macclaurin series
from
Taylor’s formula
2.6 Expand functions
of the form cosx,
sinxtanhx, ex
Evaluate functions
like
sin 31o ex Text for
the
convergency/diverge
ncy of the series
from 2.3 to 2.6 above
2.7 Test for absolute
convergency of
the series from 2.3 to
2.6 above
2.8 State the
L’Hospital rule
2.9 Apply
L’Hospital’s rule to
solve the
problems in
determinants
2.10 Apply ¼
Hospita ’s rule to
of the form
(1+n) and also evaluate
it.
• to test for the
convergence/divergence
of the series
• to apply Taylor’s
formula and derive
Macclaurin series from
Taylor’s
formula
• to expand functions of
the form
cosx, sinx, tanhx, ex and
evaluate
functions like sin 31o ex
• to test for absolute
convergency of
the series evaluate above
• to state the ¼ Hospital’s
rule and
apply it to solve
problems in
determinants,
trigonometric and
logarithmic series
• Assess the students
blackboar
d,
• Lecture
note
![Page 18: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
18
trigonometric and
logarithmic series.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the principle of mathematical Induction
6-8
3.1 Establish the truth
theorem for
specific value
3.2 Explain for some
fixed integer, n,
the truth theorem
3.3 Explain the truth
theorem for an
integral value (n+1)
3.4 Explain the
application of
mathematical
induction on
Arithmetic
progression? ∑ 𝑟𝑛𝑟=1
3.5 Geometric
progression? ∑ 𝑟2𝑛𝑟=1
• Ask the student to:
• establish the truth
theorem for
specific value, and
explain for some
fixed integer n, the truth
theorem
• ask the students to
explain the truth
theorem for an integral
value (n+1)
• explain the application
of
mathematical induction
on Arithmetic
progression or
• Geometric
progression?∑ 𝑟2𝑛𝑟=1
• Assess the students
General Objective 4.0: Understand the principles of matrices as applied to engineering problems
9-10
4.1 Define types of
matrices, null
square, rectangular
row
4.2 From matrices
from sets of linear
equations
4.3 Perform the
Arithmetic operations
in matrices. Addition,
subtraction, etc.
4.4 Obtain the
transpose, adjunct,
cofactors
• Ask the students to:
• define types of matrices
- null,
square, rectangular, row
and form
matrices from sets of
linear equations
• perform Arithmetic
operations in
matrices for example:
if
𝐴 = (1 2 30 1 4
)
![Page 19: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
19
and the inverse of a
matrix
4.5 Describe the use
of matrix method
to linear simultaneous
equation
4.6 Define the Eigen-
vector and
Eigenvalue
for a set of matrices
4.7 Perform the
partitioning method
for
very large matrices
4.8 Apply matrices to
engineering problems
𝐵 = (2 3 01 2 5
)
Find(i) A + B,(ii) A - B
• Use good examples to
illustrate the
transpose, adjunct co-
factors and
inverse of a matrix
• Assess the students
• Explain how to use
matrix to solve
linear simultaneous
equations. And
ask the students to solve
some
examples
• Explain eigenvector and
Eigenvalue
for set of matrices
• Assess the students
• Compute AB, given
𝐴 = (2 1 03 2 01 0 1
)
and
𝐵 = (1 1 12 1 12 3 1
002)
• by partitioning.
• Illustrate how matrices
are applied in
engineering problem.
• Assess the students
General Objective 5.0: Understand the principle of vector Algebra
11-13
5.1 Add, subtract and
multiply vectors
5.2 State the
• Explain to the students
with good
examples and make notes
Recomm
ended
textbook,
![Page 20: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
20
divergence theorem
5.3 Explain surface
integrals as volume
integrals
5.4 Stocke’s theorem
5.5 Evaluate certain
integrals using
stocke’s
5.6 Explain vector
integration, and
vector differential
gradient and
divergence
where
necessary
• Ask the students to:
• carry out the addition,
subtraction
and multiplication of
vectors
• to state divergence and
stocke’s
theorems
• evaluate certain
integrals using
stocke’s formula
• explain surface
integrals as volume
integrals
• explain vector
integration, and
vector differential
gradient and
divergence and apply the
analysis to
engineering problems.
• Assess the students.
• Recommended
textbook, chalkboard,
lecture notes
chalkboar
d,
lecture
notes
General Objective 6.0: Understand the concept and application of complex numbers
14-15
6.1 Explain complex
number
6.2 Explain rectangular
and polar forms
of complex number
6.3 Explain the addition
and subtraction
of complex numbers
6.4 Explain the
• The teacher to
explain to the
students with good
examples and
make notes where
necessary
• Ask the students
to:
• perform the
•
Recomm
ended
textbooks
•
Chalkboa
rd
• Lecture
Note
![Page 21: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
21
multiplication and
division of complex
numbers
6.5 Compute modules and
argument of
complex numbers e.g → e
= 3+4í
Find Z→/e/
6.6 Define a complex
number using
Argand’s diagram
6.7 Add and subtract two
samples
number using argand
diagram
6.8 State De Moiver’s
theorem for an
integer (positive and
negative)
6.9 Apply De Moiver’s
theorem to A.C
theory
6.10 Solve equations
involving two
more complex numbers
e.g solve the
following equation for the
real numbers
x and y:
(3 + 4í)2 - 2 (n + íy) = n +
íy
6.11 Explain
rationalization of complex
numbers
addition,
subtraction,
multiplication and
division of complex
numbers
• to compute
modules and
argument
of complex
numberse.g Z = 3 +
4í
Find/Z/, Arg.Z
• define complex
number using
argands’s diagram
• Assess the students
![Page 22: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
22
PROGRAMME: Mechatronics Engineering Technology: Higher National Diploma (HND)
COURSE TITLE: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
COURSE CODE: MCE 311
DURATION: 60 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Semester: First
Code: MCE 311
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is intended to equip the student with the knowledge of Signals, its Forms, Transformation,and Analysis on the
Systems.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 UnderstandRepresentation of Signals and Systems
2 Understand Fourier Analysis
3 Understand The Z-Transform
4 UnderstandFast Fourier Transforms
5 Understand Random Signals
![Page 23: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
23
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS COURSE CODE: MCE 311 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-1
Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective 1.0: Understand The Representation of Signals and Systems
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-3
1.1 Define Signals
1.2 Explain:
Basic
continuous
time signals
Energy and
power signal
1.3 Define a
system.
1.4 ExplainSystem
modelingconcept
s.
1.5 Describe Linear
time invariant
(LTI) systems.
1.6 Explain
representation of
signals in terms
of impulses,
discrete time LTI
systems,
continuous time
LTI systems,
Properties of LTI
Explain activities 1.1 –
1.7 using relevant helps
where necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC,
e-resources.
Simulate using
MATLAB types of
signal.
Guide students to carry
out the practical exercise.
PCs, MATLAB.
![Page 24: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
24
systems.
1.7 Explain systems
by differential
and difference
equations.
1.8 Explain sampling
theorem of
sinusoidaland
random signals,
Quantization.
General Objective: 2.0: Understand Fourier Analysis
4-6
1.1 Explain
continuous and
discrete time Fourier
series.
1.2 Explain
trigonometric
andexponential
Fourier series.
1.3 Explainthe
properties of
Fourier series,
Parseval’s theorem,
Line spectrum, and
Rate of conversion
of Fourier spectra.
1.4 Explain continuous
and discrete time
Fourier transforms
and its properties.
Explain activities 2.1 –
2.4 using relevant helps
where necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC,
e-resources.
Analyse discrete time
signals and systems,
Correlation,
Autocorrelation,Relat
ion to Laplace
transform using
MATLAB.
Guide students to carry
out the practical exercise.
PCs, MATLAB.
General Objective: 3.0: Understand The Z-Transform
![Page 25: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
25
7-9
3.1 Define Z - transform
(ZT)
3.2 Explain Z -
transform theorems.
3.3 Explain the
relationship between
Z.T. and Fourier
Transform (FT),
Transfer function,
Inverse Z-transform,
3.4 Explain discrete
timeconvolution,
Stability, Time domain
and frequency domain
analysis.
3.5 Solve difference
equation based on 3.4.
Explain activities 3.1 –
3.5 using relevant helps
where necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC,
e-resources.
Simulate using
MATLAB for Z -
transform.
Guide students to carry
out the practical
exercise.
PCs, MATLAB.
General Objective 4.0: Understand Fast Fourier Transforms
10-12
1.1 Explain discrete
Fourier
transform (DFT).
1.2 List the
properties of
DFT.
1.3 Explain Fast
Fourier
transforms
Explain activities 4.1 –
4.6 using relevant helps
where necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC,
e-resources.
Simulate using
MATLAB Fast
Fourier Transform
Guide students to carry
out the practical
exercise.
PCs, MATLAB.
![Page 26: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
26
(FFT).
1.4 Explain
decimation in
time and
decimation in
frequency.
1.5 Explain
convolution
theorem.
1.6 Explain power
spectrum and
correlation with
FFT.
General Objective 5.0: Understand Random Signals
13-15
5.1 Explain Probability
and Random variables.
5.2 Explain
transformation of
random variables,
random processes and
stationary processes.
5.3 Explain transmission
of deterministic and
undeterministic signals
through a linear time
invariant system.
Explain activities 5.1 –
5.3 using relevant helps
where necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC,
e-resources.
- - -
![Page 27: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
27
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION
COURSE CODE: MCE 312
DURATION: 45 Hours (1Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: MEASUREMENT AND
INSTRUMENTATION
Semester: FIRST
Code: MCE 312
Pre-requisite: ENGINEERING
MEASUREMENTS
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hour/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to equip the student with the knowledge of measurement and instrumentation applicable to
mechatronics systems and industries.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the characteristics of instrument and measurement.
2 Understand the principles and operations of physical quantities measuring devices.
3 Understand the principle of potentiometer and bridge circuits.
4 Understand the principles of form measurement.
5 Understand advances in measurement and instrumentation.
6 Understand the principles of industrial calibration
![Page 28: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
28
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION COURSE CODE: MCE
312 CONTACT Hours: 1 – 0-2Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand the characteristics of instrument and measurement.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-3
1.1 Explain the
concept of
measurement and
instrumentation.
1.2 Classify
instruments into types
1.3 Explain the factors
affecting instrument
Selection.
1.4 Classify the
sources of errors in
measurement systems.
1.5State the
application of sensing
element, amplifying
element and signal
converters.
1.6Describe methods
of determining the
following parameters
Explain 1.1 – 1.9 using
equations formulae and
teaching aids where
applicable.
White Marker Board, duster, Marker,Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector etc.
Measure force using the
following methods:-
(i) Gravity (ii) Fluid-
pressure (iii) Deflection
(iv) Piezo electric train
transducer.
Measure Pressure using
Piezometer and
manometers.
Measure strain using the
following:-
a) Mechanical gauges
b) Optical strain-gauges,
and
c) Bridge amplifiers
• Demonstrate activities
for the students to learn
and ask them to perform
the activities.
• Assess the students
Demonstrate activities
for the students to learn
and ask them to perform
the activities.
• Assess the students
• Practical guide
• Granty
apparatus
• Fluid -
pressure
apparatus
• Deflection
apparatus
• Piezo electric
train
transducer
• Piezometer
• Manometer
• Mechanical
gauges
• Optical strain
gauges
• Bridge
![Page 29: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
29
of measuring systems:
sensitivity, accuracy,
precision, hysteresis,
dead band etc.
1.7Describe how
parameters associated
with dynamic
performance of
measuring systems can
be determined e.g. step
response and
frequency responses.
1.8Describe the step
responses to a first
order and second order
response systems.
1.9Describe the
frequency response of
a second order system.
amplifiers
• Electronic
timers
• Stroboscopes
• Function
generators
• Stop watches
General Objective 2.0: Understand the principles and operations of physical quantities measuring devices.
4-8
2.1 Classify
displacement
measuring devices into
electrical and
mechanical types.
2.2 Explain the
construction and
Explain 2.1
Recommended textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Temporary Marker,Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector etc.
Measure strain using the
following:-
a) Mechanical gauges
b) Optical strain-
gauges, and
c) Bridge amplifier
Measure time using the
• Demonstrate activities
4.1 for the students to
learn and allow them to
practice all the
activities.
• Assess the students.
• Stroboscopes
• Function
generators
• Stop watches.
• Mechanical
gauges
• Optical strain
gauges
![Page 30: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
30
principle of operation
of the following:
adial indicator.
a float
linear variable
displacement
transducer
(L.V.D.T)
potentiometer.
2.3 Describe the
measurement of force
by:
gravity
balance
method.
Fluid- pressure
method
deflection
ofelasticeleme
nt method
piezoelectric
element
2.7 Describe various
methods of measuring
torque
2.8 Describe method
of measuring strain of
elastic elements.
following:
a) electronic timers
b) stroboscopes.
d) Function generators
and
e) Stop watches
Measure frequency
signals using cathode
ray, and oscilloscopes.
• Bridge
amplifiers
• Electronic timers
![Page 31: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
31
2.9 Explain strain
measurement using (i).
Mechanical gauge. (ii)
optical strain gauge
and (iii) electrical
strain gauge.
2.10 Explain stress
measurements using
(i) photo elastic
models
(ii) photo elastic
coatings.
2.11 Describe the
method of time
measurement using
(i) Measuring
oscillators (ii)
industrial timing
method using stop-
washer or stop-clocks.
2.12 Describe the
operation of counting
devices such as
(i)mechanical counters
(ii)Electronic counters.
2.13 Explain the
principle of signal of
frequencies by
measurement using the
![Page 32: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
32
(i)cathode ray
oscilloscope (ii)
Digital methods.
2.14 Describe method
of angular-velocity
measurements using
(i) mechanical
tachometers (ii) The
drag-cut tachometers
(iii) the electro-
magnetic pulse
technique
(iv) the photo-
electronic technique
(v) the stroboscope.
2.15 Describe
temperature
measurement using
non-electrical methods
involving
(i) expansion of
liquids
(ii) expansion of
vapors
and gases
(iii) expansion of
solids
2.16 Describe
temperature
![Page 33: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
33
measurement using
electrical methods
involving (i) self-
generating transducers
i.e. (ii) variable
control-parameter
transducers i.e.
variable resistance
transducers resistance
thermometers
2.17 Describe
temperature
measurement
using radiation method
involving the use of
(i) Optical pyrometers
(ii)
infraredpyrometers.
2.18 Explain liquid-
level measurement
using the following
method (i) direct level
measuring devices,
(ii) mercury
manometer
(iii) buoyancy method
(float method),
(iv) electrical methods
![Page 34: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
34
(e.g. capacitance and
photoelectric method),
(v) Optical methods
2.19 Explain the
operation of the
following flow
measurement devices
(i) orifice (ii) venturi
meter (iii) pitot tube
(iv) static
pressure drop etc.
.
• Demonstrate activities
5.1 for the students to
learn and allow them to
practice all the
activities
• Mechanical
gauges
• Optical strain
gauges
• Bridge
amplifiers
• Electronic timers
• Stroboscopes
• Function
generators
• Stop watches.
• Demonstrate activities
in 6.1 for the students
to learn and ask them to
carry out the activities
• Cathode ray,
oscilloscopes
• Tachometers
![Page 35: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
35
• Demonstrate activities
in 7.1 for the students
to learn and ask them to
carry out the activities
• Cathod ray,
oscilloscopes
• Tachometers
• Demonstrate activities
in 8.1 for the students
to learn and ask them to
carry out the activities
• Cathod ray,
oscilloscopes
• Tachometers
General Objective 3.0: Understand the principle of potentiometer and bridge circuits.
9
3.1 Illustrate how a
potentiometer can be
used as (i) voltage
divider (ii) for voltage
balancing. 3.2 Explain the principles of D.C. wheat- stone bridge. 3.3 Explain the principles of A.C. Bridge for resistance, capacitance and inductance measurements
• Explain the kirchoff’s
law and use it to draw
block diagrams of
Resistor, Capacitor -
Inductance (R C I)
circuit.
• Explain the principle of
theD.C. Wheat stone
bridge andA.C. bridge
Recommended textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Temporary Marker,Related videos, Lecture notes,Projector etc.
9.1 Measure
temperature using the
followinginstruments:
a) radiation and optical
pyrometers
b) vapor pressure
thermometers
c) platinum resistance
thermometer
d) Thermocouples
constantcopper -
constantan. Pt–ptRd.
9.2 Measure liquid
level
with the following
• Demonstrate activities
in 9.1for the students to
learn and ask them to
carry out the activities.
• Assess the students
• Radiation and
optical pyrometers
• Vapour pressure
thermometer
• Platinum
resistance
thermometer
• Thermocouples
constant copper -
constantan.
![Page 36: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
36
methods -
Direct, manometer,
buoyancy, electrical and
optical
General Objective 4.0: Understand the principles of form measurement.
10
4.1 State the principle
and methods of
straightness.
4.2 Explain flat
measurement.
4.3 Describe thread
measurement
4.4 Determine gear
measurement in terms
of thickness.
4.5 Describe surface
finish measurement
4.6 Determine
roundness
measurement
4.7 Describe the
practical applications
of 4.1-4.6.
General Objective 5.0: Understand advances in measurement and instrumentation.
5.1Explain the
basicconcepts of lasers
5.2 List types of lasers
![Page 37: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
37
11-13
(DC and AC-laser
Interferometer)
5.3 Describe the
practical applications
of 5.1 and 5.2
5.4 Explain
straightness and
alignment
5.5 Enumerate the
various probes and
accessories
5.6 List the various
software packages
used and their areas of
applications.
5.7 Describe the
concept of machine
visionsystem.
5.8 Enumerate the
various element and
areas of applications.
General Objective 6.0: Understand the principles of industrial calibration
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources
14-15
6.1 Explain Industrial Calibration principles;
Define calibration
Explain how calibration affects quality, productivity,
6.1 Explain Industrial Calibration principles;
Define calibration
Explain how calibration affects quality, productivity, and
6.1 Identify common test equipment used as measurement standards for calibration of instruments 6.2Recognize if an instrument is properly calibrated by examining
6.1 Identify common test equipment used as measurement standards for calibration of instruments 6.2 Demonstrate to students how to examine the instrument
![Page 38: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
38
and safety Explain the
conditions when calibration is performed such as at an installation, periodic scheduled maintenance, in response to process deviation, and after repair or change in mounting position
Explain accuracy and precision
Explain zero shift, span error, combined zero shift and span error, and non-linearity with a pattern of instrument readings on an input/output graph or calibration data sheet
Explain the basic elements of a calibration
safety Explain the
conditions when calibration is performed such as at an installation, periodic scheduled maintenance, in response to process deviation, and after repair or change in mounting position
Explain accuracy and precision
Explain zero shift, span error, combined zero shift and span error, and non-linearity with a pattern of instrument readings on an input/output graph or calibration data sheet
Explain the basic elements of a calibration set-up
Explain the input values for a five point
the instrument input and output 6.3Identify zero shift, span error, combined zero shift and span error, and non-linearity with a pattern of instrument readings on an input/output graph or calibration data sheet 6.4Identify the basic elements of a calibration set-up 6.5Identify the input values for a five point; Perform a five-point calibration check on an analog electronic pressure transmitter, a differential pressure transmitter, and a pressure gage 6.6Calibrate an electronic displacement level transmitter for liquid-vapor and liquid-liquid interface applications. 6.7Calibrate a differential pressure transmitter used in an open tank or dip pipe, a closed tank with dry leg, and closed tank with wet leg 6.8Calibrate a magnetic flowmeter 6.9Calibrate an analog
input and output 6.3 Demonstrate how to identify zero shift, span error, combined zero shift and span error, and non-linearity with a pattern of instrument readings on an input/output graph or calibration data sheet 6.4 Demonstrate how to identify the basic elements of a calibration set-up 6.5 Demonstrate how to identify the input values for a five point; Perform a five-point calibration check on an analog electronic pressure transmitter, a differential pressure transmitter, and a pressure gage 6.6 Demonstrate how to calibrate an electronic displacement level transmitter for liquid-vapor and liquid-liquid interface applications. 6.7 Demonstrate how to calibrate a differential pressure transmitter used in an open tank or dip pipe, a closed tank with dry leg, and closed tank
![Page 39: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
39
set-up Explain the
input values for a five point
Explain calibration check as a percent of the instrument’s range
6.2 Explain the following;
Calibrating Pressure and Differential Press. Instruments
Calibrating Temperature Instruments
Calibrating Flow Instruments
Calibrating Level Instruments
6.3 Explain the following:
Measurement Standards and Traceability
Measurement Uncertainty
Test Uncertainty Ratio
Instrument
Explain calibration check as a percent of the instrument’s range
6.2 Explain the following;
Calibrating Pressure and Differential Press. Instruments
Calibrating Temperature Instruments
Calibrating Flow Instruments
Calibrating Level Instruments
6.3 Explain the following:
Measurement Standards and Traceability
Measurement Uncertainty
Test Uncertainty Ratio
Instrument Accuracy Specification
Calibration Certificates
Recalibration Interval
6.4 Explain Electrical Measurement
electronic temperature transmitter whose input is provided by a thermocouple or an RTD 6.10 Calibrate;
Hand-held digital multimeters.
Current and voltage sources.
Decade resistance boxes.
6.11 Calibrate Differential Pressure Switch & Safety Valve
with wet leg 6.8 Demonstrate how to calibrate a magnetic flowmeter 6.9 Demonstrate how to calibrate an analog electronic temperature transmitter whose input is provided by a thermocouple or an RTD 6.10 Demonstrate how to calibrate the following;
Hand-held digital multimeters.
Current and voltage sources.
Decade resistance boxes.
power analyzers insulation
meters high voltage
testers resistors voltage dividers current tongs energy meters
(active/reactive) calibrators instrument
transformers 6.11 Demonstrate how to calibrate differential pressure switch &
![Page 40: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
40
Accuracy Specification
Calibration Certificates
Recalibration Interval
6.4 Explain Electrical Measurement & Calibration;
Electrical units, traceability, and standards
Calibration of hand-held digital multimeters
Calibration of current and voltage sources
Calibration of decade resistance boxes
Error avoidance tactics for electrical measurements
& Calibration; Electrical units,
traceability, and standards
Calibration of hand-held digital multimeters
Calibration of current and voltage sources
Calibration of decade resistance boxes
Error avoidance tactics for electrical measurements
Safety Valve
![Page 41: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
41
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology:
COURSE TITLE: ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULICS SYSTEMS
COURSE CODE: MCE 326
DURATION: 60 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 2Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Course Title: Electro-pneumatic
and Hydraulics Control Systems
Semester: Second
Code: MCE 326
Pre-Requisite:
Total Hours: 4Hours/Week
Theoretical: 2 Hours/Week
Practical: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: The course is designed to provide the students with the knowledge of hydraulic and electro-pneumatic principles as
well as its applications to mechatronic systems.
General Objectives
On the completion of this module students should be able to:
1 Understand the fundamentals and science of fluids power
2 Understand hydraulic principles and their applications in Mechatronic systems
3 Understand pneumatic principles and their applications in Mechatronic systems
4 Understand electro-pneumatic principles and their applications in Mechatronic systems
5 Understand the basics of installation, maintenance and trouble-shooting of fluid control systems
6 Understand how to design and build simple mechatronic systems
![Page 42: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
42
ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULICS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: Hydraulics and Electro-pneumatic Control Systems Course Code: MCE 326 Contact Hours: 2 – 0– 2
Course Specification: Theoretical Contents Practical Contents
Week General Objective 1.0: Understand the fundamentals and science of fluids power
Specific Learning
outcomes
Teacher activities Resources Specific Learning
outcomes
Teacher
activities
Resources
1 –
2
1.1 Explain fundamentals
of fluid power systems.
1.2 State types of fluids.
1.3 Classify the properties
of fluid power
1.4 Explain the concept of
fluid power.
1.5 Highlight the
advantages and
applications of fluid
power.
1.6 Explain the following
laws of liquids and gases:
Pascal’s law,
Boyle’s law,
Charles’s law,
Gay-Lussac’s law.
1.7 Determine forces,
power and efficiency of:
Hydraulic power
machines,
Reynolds numbers,
Darcy’s equation,
Explain activities 1.1 – 1.7
using relevant helps where
necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC, e-
resources, Lecture
notes
1.1 Identify fluids
properties
1.2 Know fluid
principles and
applications
1.3 Identify Systems
and machineries with
fluid power
Guide students
on the activities
1.1 to 1.3
Over-head
projector, Wall
Charts, white
board, text-
booksetc.
General Objectives 2.0: Understand hydraulic principles and their applications in Mechatronic systems
3 – 4 2.1 Define hydraulic
systems.
Explain activities 2.1 – 2.9
using relevant helps where
Marker,
whiteboard,
2.1 Identify hydraulic Guide students Teaching Kits
containing;
![Page 43: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
43
2.2 Mention the Sources
of hydraulic Power
2.3List hydraulic
components and
actuators
2.4Describe the
following:
Hydraulic pumps,
Pumping theory,
Pump
classifications,
Working principle
of Gear pump,
Vane pump,
Piston pump,
Crew pump
2.5 Determine pump
performance and solve
related pump problems
2.6 Describe hydraulic
Motors – gear and
vane motor.
2.7 Describe the
construction, working
principle,
specifications,
materials, mounting
and cushioning of
hydraulic motors-gear
and vane motors.
2.8 Describe hydraulic
Cylinders – single
cylinders, double
acting cylinders,
special type cylinders
necessary. Textbooks,
projector, PC, e-
resources.
components
2.2 Know their
specifications,
performance and
limitations
2.3 Demonstrate the
use of the
components for a
typical hydraulic
projects
on the activities hydraulic pumps,
motors, mounting
rack, cylinders,
valves,
Sensors, hydraulic
oil, series of
mechanical
actuators etc.
![Page 44: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
44
(e.g. rod less, tandem,
telescopic) as in 2.5
2.9 Explain hydraulic
control valves – types,
operations, selections
and applications
General Objectives 3.0: Understand pneumatic principles and their applications in Mechatronicsystems
7 – 8 3.1 Define pneumatic
systems.
3.2 Describe types,
construction,
operations,
specifications and
selection criteria of the
following air
preparation and
conditioning elements:
Air compressors,
Air receivers,
Air dryers,
Air filters,
regulators, and
lubricators (FRL
unit).
3.3 Explain pneumatic
cylinders – types,
construction,
operations, materials,
specifications,
mounting and
cushioning.
3.4 Explain pneumatic
motors – types,
construction,
operations,
Explain activities 3.1 –
3.10 using relevant helps
where necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC, e-
resources.
3.1 Identify
pneumatic
components
3.2 Select appropriate
air purification
elements
3.3Select and
maintain appropriate
FRL unit, actuators,
motors, cylinders and
valves
3.4Construct (demo)
pneumatic layout
design
3.5 Use logic valves
in pneumatic circuit
Guide students
on the activities
Teaching Kits
containing: air
compressors, air
receivers, air
dryers, air filters,
regulators,
lubricators,
mounting rack,
cylinders, valves,
Sensors, series of
mechanical
actuators etc.
![Page 45: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
45
specifications,
applications.
3.5 Explain types,
operations, selections
and applications of
pneumatic control
valves:
Directional
control valves,
Flow control
valves,
Pressure control
valves,
Special valves
(quick exhaust
and time delay
valves),
Logic valves
(shuttle and twin
pressure valves).
3.6 Describe pneumatic
pipes and fittings –
materials, ASME/BIS
specifications and
standards, properties,
selections criteria.
3.7 Describe piping and
pipe layout
considerations, designs
and precautions.
3.8 Explain ISO symbols
used in pneumatic
circuits
3.9 Illustrate pneumatic
![Page 46: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
46
circuit diagrams and
applications for the
following:
Control of single
and double acting
cylinders,
Speed control
circuit,
Automatic
cylinder
reciprocating
circuit,
Quick exhaust
circuit,
Time delay
circuit,
Two step feed
control circuit,
Two hand safety
control circuit
3.10 Describe pneumatic
logic circuit design of
the following:
Classic method,
Cascade method,
Step Counter
method,
Karnaugh-veitch
maps,
Combinational
circuit design
General Objectives 4.0: Understand electro-pneumatic principles and their applications in Mechatronic systems
11–13 4.1 Define electro-
pneumatic system.
4.2 State merits and
Explain activities 4.1 – 4.5
using relevant helps where
necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
4.1 Identify
pneumatic
Guide students
on the activities
Teaching Kits
containing;
hydraulic pumps,
![Page 47: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
47
demerits of electro-
pneumatic system
4.3 List electro-pneumatic
components:
DC power supply,
Switches,
Relays,
Solenoid valves,
Sensors,
Timers,
Electric motors,
Contactors,
Transistors,
Thyristors etc.
4.4 Describe signal flow
in electro-pneumatic
systems
4.5 Explain electro-
pneumatic circuits
projector, PC, e-
resources.
components
4.2 Select appropriate
air purification
elements
4.3Select and
maintain appropriate
FRL unit, actuators,
motors, cylinders and
valves
4.4Construct (demo)
pneumatic layout
design
4.5 Use logic valves
in pneumatic circuit
motors, mounting
rack, cylinders,
valves,
Sensors, hydraulic
oil, series of
mechanical
actuators etc.
General Objectives 5.0: Understand the basics of installation, maintenance and trouble-shooting of fluid control systems
14-15 5.1 List installation safety
precautions for
hydraulic, pneumatic
and electro-pneumatic
systems.
5.2. Differentiate between
electric, pneumatic and
fluid power systems.
5.3 List causes and
remedies for mal-
functioning of
hydraulic, pneumatic
and electro-pneumatic
systems.
Explain activities 5.1 – 5.5
using relevant helps where
necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC, e-
resources.
Wall charts,
product manuals,
trouble-shooting
charts, industrial
visitations etc.
![Page 48: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
48
5.4 Describe appropriate
maintenance schedules
of hydraulic,
pneumatic and electro-
pneumatic systems.
5.5Explain field check-
out and
troubleshooting of
hydraulic, pneumatic
and electro-pneumatic
systems.
General Objectives 6.0: Understand how to design and build simple mechatronic systems
6.1 Describe the design
procedure for the
following:
Hydraulic,
Pneumatic,
Electro-pneumatic
systems.
6.2 Explain the method of
development in the
design of 6.1 above.
6.3 Explain the control in
hydraulic, pneumatic
and electro-pneumatic
systems.
6.4 Describe software for
the design in 6.1
above.
Explain activities 6.1 – 6.4
using relevant helps where
necessary.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Textbooks,
projector, PC, e-
resources.
![Page 49: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
49
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
COURSE CODE: MCE 314
DURATION: 60 Hours (1 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Semester: First
Code: MCE 314
Pre-requisite: None
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2Hours/Week
Goal: This course is intended to equip the student with the knowledge of C++ and MATLAB and their application.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the Features of C++
2 Understand Operator and Function Overloading
3 Understand the Concepts of Inheritance and friendship.
4 Understand the Interpolations in C++
5 Understand the Applications of C++
6 Understand MATLAB as a tool in Engineering
7 Understand the function of MATLAB
8 Understand Programming in MATLAB
9 Understand Programming Modeling, Simulation and Implementation using MATLAB and Simulink
![Page 50: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
50
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING COURSE CODE: MCE 314 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-2
Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective: 1.0: Understand the Features of C++
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1
1.1 Explain the basic
concept of Object
Oriented
Programming.
1.2 Explain the basic
concept of C and
C++ Programming
Language.
1.3 Explain the
character set of C
and C++
1.4 Define C and C++
reserved words.
1.5 Explain features of
C++.
Explain 1.1 – 1.5
Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
- -
General Objective 2.0: Understand Operator and Functions of Overloading
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
2.1 Explain classes in
C++.
2.2 Explain overloading
Explain 2.1 – 2.2 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks, C++
- -
-
![Page 51: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
51
2
functions and
operators.
software.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the Concepts of Inheritance and friendship.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
3
3.1 Explain Heirs
Apparent and
friends: Inheritance
Vs friendship,
specifications.
3.2 Solve some
programming
problem in C++
Explain 3.1 – 3.2 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks, C++
software
Perform basic
programming in C++.
Guide students to
carry out activities.
PCs,
C++ software.
General Objective: 4.0: Understand the Interpolations in C++
Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
4-5
4.1Explain
interpolations in
C++ (Polynomial
fitting).
4.2 Explain input and
output statement.
4.3 Explain: Pseudo-
Random Number
Generation and test
such as: Random
Number Generator,
Normal variate,
Randomness test
Explain 4.1 – 4.5. Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks, C++ software.
Write program to
verify input and output
statement.
Write program to
verify correlation,
averages of a time
series, and chi-square
test of independence.
Guide students to
carry out practical
activities.
PCs
C++ softwatre
![Page 52: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
52
and elementary
simulation.
4.4 Explain statistical
programs in C++
4.5 Explain the terms
correlation, moving
averages of a time
series, chi-square
test of
independence.
General Objective: 5.0 Understand the Applications of C++
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
6-7
5.1 Explain
applications of C++
such as: Turbo C++
Graphics,
Addressing the
graphics screen,
points, colours,
lines, shapes,
simple Animation.
5.2 Explain Rag tracing
in C++.
5.3 Explain:
Rag tracing
Application
program
strategy
Explain 5.1 – 5.3 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
Write program on
simple animation.
Guide students to
carry out practical
exercise.
PCs
C++ software
![Page 53: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
53
Application
with graphics
General Objective: 6.0: Understand MATLAB as a tool in Engineering
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
8-9
6.1 Explain the basic
concept of
MATLAB.
6.2 Explain the basic
features of
MATLAB.
6.3 Explain Variables,
Assignment
Statements and
Expression.
6.4Explain Characters,
Encoding, Vectors
and Matrices.
6.5Explain Algorithms,
MATLAB Scripts-
Documentation,
Input and Output,
Scripts to Produce
and Customize
Simple Plots.
6.6 Explain the Plot
Function: Simple
Related Plot
Explain 6.1 – 6.10 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
Write program to
implement tools in
MATLAB.
Guide students to
carry out practical
activities.
PCs
MATLAB
![Page 54: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
54
Functions
6.7 Describe File
Input/Output (Load
and Save):
Writing Data to
a File
Appending
Data to a Data
File
Reading from a
File.
6.8 Describe Selection
Statement
Relational Expressions:
The if Statement
Representing
Logical True
and False
The if-Else
Statement
Nested if-Else
Statements
The Switch
Statement.
6.9 Explain the Menu
and is Functions in
MATLAB.
General Objective: 7.0: Understand the function of MATLAB
Week Specific Learning Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Teachers Activities Resources
![Page 55: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
55
Outcomes Outcomes
10
7.1 Explain Looping:
The for
Loop.
While loop.
7.2 Explain Nested for
Loops:
Nested Loops
and Matrices,
Combining
Nested for
Loops and if
Statements.
7.3 Describe
Vectorizing:
Logical Vectors
Vectors and
Matrices as
function
arguments.
Explain 7.1 – 7.3 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
Write programs to
implement various types
of looping.
Guide student to
carry out the
practical activities.
PCs
MATLAB
General Objective: 8.0: Understand Programming in MATLAB
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
8.1 Explain:
MATLAB
Program
Organization
Explain 8.1 – 8.17 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
Write simple MATLAB
programs.
- Guide students to
carry out practical
activities.
PCs
MATLAB
![Page 56: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
56
11-13
Modular
Programs
Sub functions.
8.2 Explain application
Menu-Driven
Modular Program.
8.3 Explain Variable
Scope, Persistent
Variables
8.4 Explain Debugging
Techniques:
Types of error
Tracing,
editor/Debugger
function Stubs
8.5 Explain String
Manipulation.
8.6 Explain Operations
on Strings,
concatenation,
creating customized
Strings, removing
Whitespace
characters,
changing case,
comparing Strings,
finding, replacing,
and Separating
Strings, evaluating
a String
![Page 57: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
57
8.7 Describe the is
function for Strings
8.8Describe converting
between String and
Number Types
8.9Describe Data
Structures: cell
arrays and
Structures
8.10 Describe cell
arrays, creating cell
arrays.
8.11 Explain Structures
and their attribute.
8.12 Explain advanced
file transfer.
8.13 Describe Writing
and reading
Spreadsheet files.
8.14Describe Using
MaT-files for
Variables, Writing
Variables to a file,
appending
Variables to a MaT-
file, reading from a
MaT-file.
8.15 Explain advanced
functions.
8.16Explain the
concept of
argument.
![Page 58: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
58
8.17Explain Nested and
recursive functions.
General Objective: 9.0: Understand Programming Modeling, Simulation and Implementation using MATLAB and Simulink
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
14-15
9.1 List different
MATLAB and
Simulink tool box.
9.2 Explain 9.1
9.3 Describe
MATLAB/Simulink
environment.
9.4 Explain
Engineering
concepts Using
MATLAB and
Simulink.
9.5 Explain the concept
of Mechatronics
and Control System
using MATLAB
and Simulink.
Explain 9.1 – 9.5 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
Demonstrate modeling,
Simulation and
Implementation using
MATLAB/Simulink.
Demonstrate Project-
Based Learning
(Arduino, RaspberryPi)
using
MATLAB/Simulink.
Guide students to
carry out practical
activities.
PCs
MATLAB
Simulink
Arduino,
RaspberryPi
![Page 59: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
59
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND APPLICATION
COURSE CODE: MCE 315
DURATION: 45 Hours (1 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: ENGINEERING MATERIALS
AND APPLICATION
Semester: FIRST
Code: MCE 315
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is intended to provide students with knowledge of engineering materials and their application
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Know ferrous materials
2 Know non-ferrous materials.
3. Know Powder Metallurgy
4. Know Electronic Materials
5. Know Photonic Materials
6. Know Magnetic Materials
7. Know Composites materials
8. Know Nano-structured Materials
![Page 60: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
60
ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND APPLICATION
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
COURSE: ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND APPLICATION COURSE CODE: MCE 315 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-2Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT:
General Objective 1.0: Know ferrous materials
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities
Resources
1-3
1.1 Define iron.
1.2 List types of iron.
1.3Explain the iron-
carbon-phase
diagram.
1.5 Define steel.
1.6 Classify various
types of steels.
1.7 Explain
mechanical/physical
properties of steel.
1.8 State the uses of
carbon steel in
engineering
applications.
1.9 Describe alloy
steel.
Explain the activities in
1.1 – 1.9.
Recommended textbook, duster, Marker, Related videos, projector etc.
Identify the following:
Types of iron
Types of steel
Alloy steels.
Determine the
mechanical/physical
properties of steel.
Guide students
to carry out
practical
exercises.
Samples of:
iron, steel and alloy
steel.
UTM
Hardness and fatigue
tester
Creep
General Objective 2.0: Know non - ferrous metals
2.1 List various grades
of commercial
copper(e.g. tough
pitch copper,
deoxidised copper and
oxygen - free
high conductivity
copper)
2.2 State engineering
application of
Explain the activities
in 2.1 - 2.6
Recommended textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Temporary Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, etc.
2.1 Construct copper-
zinc phase diagram
2.2 Identify various
grades of commercial
copper
- tough pitch copper
- doxided copper and
- oxygen free high
conductivity copper
2.3 Identify brass and its
• Demonstrate
activities 2.1 to
2.3
for the students
to learn and ask
them to perform
all the activities.
• Assess the
students.
• Practical guide
• Specimens of the non-ferrous metals.
![Page 61: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
61
9 - 10
the grades in 2.1
above
2.3 Define brass
2.4 Draw and explain
the copper/Zinc
equilibrium diagram
2.5 State the properties
and
engineering
applications of brass
2.6 Explain Powder
Metallurgy:
* Powder
manufacturing
methods;
* Powder Metallurgy
Process.
Applications such as
oil impregnated
Bearings and
Cemented Carbides.
Limitations of Powder
Metallurgy.
alloys
General Objective 3.0: Understand electronic, photonic and magnetic materials
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities
Resources
6-9
3.1 Explain
Electronic Materials:
3.1.1 Band structure of
solids.
3.1.2 Conductivity of
metals and alloys.
3.1.3 Semiconductors
and superconducting
materials.
3.1.4 Insulators and
dielectric properties.
Explain the activities
in 3.1 - 3.3
Recommended textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Temporary Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, etc.
![Page 62: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
62
3.1.5 Electrostriction,
piezoelectricity and
ferroelectricity.
3.2 Explain the
following Photonic
Materials:
* Refraction,
* reflection,
* absorption and
* transmission.
* Luminescence,
* Photoconductivity,
* Lasers,
* optical fibers in
communications.
3.3 Magnetic
Materials:
Explain classification
of magnetic materials.
* Diamagnetic,
* paramagnetic,
* ferromagnetic,
* ferrimagnetic and
* super paramagnetic
materials.
* Metallic and ceramic
magnetic materials.
Applications of
magnetic materials.
General Objective 4.0: Understanding Ceramics and polymer
4.1 Explain
Ceramics: Definition,
comparative study of
structure and
properties of
Explain the activities
in 4.1 - 4.2
Recommended textbook, White Marker Board, duster,
![Page 63: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
63
10-12
Engineering Ceramics
with reference to
metallic materials.
Toughening
mechanisms in
ceramics. Engineering
application of
Ceramics.
4.2 Explain Polymers:
Classification of
polymers.
Thermoplastics, effect
of temperature on
thermoplastics,
mechanical properties
of thermoplastics.
Thermosetting
polymers and
elastomers.
Temporary Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, etc.
General Objective 5.0: Understand composites and Nano-structuted materials
13-15
5.1 Explain
Composites:
* Definition;
* Classification;
* Particle-reinforced
composites and fibre-
reinforced composites.
Rule of mixtures;
Sandwich structures.
Classification of
composites on basis of
matrix materials.
5.2 Explain Nano-
structured Materials:
Explain the activities
in 5.1 - 5.3
Recommended textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Temporary Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, etc.
![Page 64: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
64
Definition and
Introduction to nano-
technology. Unique
features of nano-
structured materials.
Typical applications.
5.3 Explain Modern
Engineering Materials:
Smart materials,
Shape memory alloys,
Chromic materials
(Thermo, Photo and
Electro), Rheological
fluids, Metallic
glasses.
![Page 65: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
65
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
COURSE CODE: MCE 316
DURATION: 45 Hours (2 Hours Lecture, 1 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: APPLIED
THERMODYNAMICS
Semester: SECOND
Code: APPLIED
THERMODYNAMICS
MCE 316
Pre-requisite: Thermo/Fluid
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is intended to further improve students knowledge in dealing with gas turbine and 4-stroke engines
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Know the equations governing the flow and non-flow processes in common engineering devices.
2 Know the common-thermodynamic vapour power cycles.
3 Understand the Common thermodynamic gas power cycles.
4 Know various types of compressors.
5 Know the principles of gas turbine engines.
6 Know the volumetric efficiency in relation to 4-stroke engine
![Page 66: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
66
APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS COURSE CODE: MCE 316 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-1 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Know the equations governing the flow and non-flow processes in common engineering devices.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities
Resources
1-2
1.1 State the
steady flow energy
equation as it applies
to:
Turbine
compressors
nozzles and
diffusers
throttle
boilers,
condensers,
evaporators
and other heat
transfer
equipment.
1.2 Derive the
equation in 1.1
explaining the
assumption made.
1.3 Derive the non-
flow energy
equation for:
Explain the derivation
of steady flow energy
equation assuming the
factors involved.
Explain 1.2-1.3.
Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos etc.
Identify the following
(a) Turbine
(b) Compressors,
(c) Nozzles and
diffusers,
(d) Throttle,
(e) Boilers, condensers,
and evaporators.
Guide students
to carry out the
practical.
• Turbine
• Compressors,
• Nozzles
• Diffusers
• Throttle
• Boilers
• Condensers
• Evaporators
etc.
![Page 67: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
67
Constant
volume
constant
pressure
isothermal
process (PV =
constant) of a
perfect gas
polytrophic
process (PVn
= constant).
General Objective 2.0: Know the common-thermodynamic vapour power cycles.
3-5
2.1 Explain the
essential processes in a
Carnot cycle.
2.2 Define:
specific steam
consumption,
work ratio and
cycle
Efficiency.
2.3 Explain the
difficulties in
employing the Carnot
cycle for a steam
power plant.
2.4 Explain the
Rankine Cycle.
2.5 Explain the
• Describe the
essential processes in
a Carnot cycle.
• Explain the
challenges in
the applications of
carnot cycle for a
steam power plant.
• Solve problems
related to carnot cycle
• Describe the Rankine
cycle.
• List the advantages
of Rankine over
Carnot cycle.
• Solve problems
Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, projector etc.
Determine:
steam
consumption,
work ratio and
cycle efficiency
of steam plant.
Guide students
to carry out the
experiment.
• Compressors
• Diffusers,
• Boilers,
• Turbine, etc.
![Page 68: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
68
advantages of Rankine
over Carnot cycle.
2.6 Analyse Rankine
cycle with:
super heat
generation,
re-heat
regeneration,
economizer
and
air pre-heater.
related to Rankine
cycle.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the Common thermodynamic gas power cycles.
6-8
3.1 Explain
Brayton/Joule cycle.
3.2 Analyse the cycle
in 3.1 above.
3.3 Analyse the cycle
in 3.1 above with
inter- cooling and pre-
heating.
3.4 Describe Otto,
Diesel, Dual and
Stirling and Atkinson
cycles.
3.5 Analyse cycles in
3.4.
3.6 Define:
Explain 3.1-3.6 with
diagrams, charts,
graphs etc.
Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, projector etc.
Determine cycle
efficiencies of:
Otto,
Diesel and
Dual cycles.
Guide students
to carry out
practical
exercise.
Engine test rig/bed for:
Otto,
Diesel and
Dual cycles.
![Page 69: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
69
mean effective
pressure
compression
ratio and
cut-off ratio.
General Objective 4.0: Know various types of compressors
9-11
4.1 Explain various
types of compressors.
4.2 List the advantages
and disadvantages of
reciprocating and
rotary compressors.
4.3 Explain delivery
Pressures.
4.4 Explain the effect
of clearance volume in
construction of
compressor.
4.5 Explain stages of
compression.
4.6 Explain:
inter-cooling,
after-cooling
and
optimum inter-
stage
pressures.
4.7 Explain
compression
Explain 4.1-4.7.
Solve problems related
to compression
efficiency (isothermal
and Isentropic).
Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, projector etc.
Carryout experiments to
determine power output
of a compressor.
Guide students to carryout practical exercise.
• Compressors
• Gas turbine
• Engine test bed with
petrol and diesel engines.
![Page 70: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
70
efficiency.
General Objective 5.0: Know gas turbine engines
12-13
5.1 Explain gas turbine
cycle with or without
re-heat.
5.2 Calculate
parameters such as
thermal efficiency.
5.3 List the differences
in the design of gas
turbines for air craft
and industrial
applications (power
generation and ship
propulsion).
5.4 Explain the
applications of gas,
turbine cycles for
aircraft propulsion
ramjet, turbojet,
turbofan and turboprop
engines.
5.5 State limitations of
ideal gas turbine cycle.
5.6 Distinguish gas
turbine and
reciprocating internal
combustion engines.
Explain 5.1-5.6 Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, projector etc.
Carryout experiment to
determine power output
of gas turbine.
Guide students
to carryout
practical
exercise.
• Compressors
• Gas turbine.
General Objective 6.0: Know the volumetric efficiency in relation to 4-stroke engine.
![Page 71: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
71
14-15
6.1 Define volumetric
efficiency.
6.2 State the equation
in 6.1.
6.3 State the
importance of the
following in relation to
volumetric efficiency:
inlet density
Mach index.
6.4 State the factors
influencing volumetric
efficiency.
6.5 List the methods
for determining
volumetric efficiency.
Explain 6.1-6.5. Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, projector etc.
Determine fuel
consumption and power
output on engine test
bed.
Guide the
students to
carry out the
practical
exercise.
• Engine test bed with
petrol and diesel engines.
![Page 72: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
72
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: POWER ELECTRONICS
COURSE CODE: MCE 317
DURATION: 45 Hours (1 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: POWER ELECTRONICS
Semester: FIRST
Code: MCE 317
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to enable student understand the applications of electronic devices and their controls in industry.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the concept of power semiconductor switches
2 Know converters and inverters
3 Know drives operation
4 Know drives control
5 Know relaying heating and welding control
6 Appreciate the concept and application of renewable energy system
7 Understand power electronics in automotive applications
![Page 73: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
73
POWER ELECTRONICS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
COURSE: POWER ELECTRONICS COURSE CODE: MCE 317 CONTACT HOURS:3-0-2 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0 Understand the concept of power semiconductor switches
Week Specific Learning
Outcome
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-2
1.1 Explain the
principles of
operation of power
semiconductor
switches.
1.2 Explain the
following:
static and
dynamic
characteristics
gate
characteristics
gate turn on-off
methods and
protection.
1.3 Explain the
principle of
operation and
characteristics of:
SCR
Triac
Power BJT
UJT
Power MOSFET
IGBT.
Explain 1.1-1.3 Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos etc.
Identify Power
Electronics components.
Determine the Static
characteristics of SCR,
BJT, MOSFET and
IGBT.
Perform experiment on
the operation of firing
circuit.
Guide the student to
perform the
experiments.
SCR, BJT,
MOSFET,
IGBT and
UJT.
Power
semiconductor
demonstration
module.
General Objective: 2.0 Know converters and inverters.
![Page 74: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
74
3-6
2.1 Explain the basic
concept of inverters
and converters.
2.2Explain the
principle of operations
of converters and
inverters.
2.3Explain fully
control converters and
dual converters.
2.4 Explain AC-DC
converters (phase
control converters).
2.5 Explain the
principles and
operations of switch
mode rectifiers.
2.6 Explain DC-DC
converters under the
following:
Basic principles of
step up and step
down choppers.
Buck, boost, bulk-
boost, cuk
regulators.
2.6 Explain AC-AC
converters (AC
voltage controllers)
under the following:
Single phase AC
voltage controller.
ON-OFF controller.
Phase control
Explain 2.1-2.8 Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, Projector etc.
Perform experiment on
the operation of an AC
single phase voltage
controller with R and
RL load.
Conduct experiment on
Single phase full wave
bridge rectifier (Half
and Full Controlled)
with R Load.
Conduct experiment to
measure output voltage
of half control and full
control of a three phase
bridge rectifiers and
Parallel inverter.
Construct a simple D.C
switching power supply.
Construct single and
three phase converters.
Construct a simple
inverter.
Construct a switching
amplifier.
Guide the student to
perform the
experiments.
Converter and
Inverter
demonstration
module.
![Page 75: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
75
2.7 Explain the
principle and operation
of single phase step-up
and step-down cyclo
converters.
2.8 Explain DC-AC
inverters under the
following:
Single phase half
wave / full
bridge voltage
source inverters
with resistive
load.
Voltage control
of single wave
inverters using
pulse width
modulation
(PWM)
techniques
General Objective: 3.0 Know industrial drives operation
7-8
3.1 Explain operation
of DC drives.
3.2 Explain four
quadrant operations of
DC motors.
3.3 Explain the
operations of AC
drives.
Explain 3.1-3.3. Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, Projector etc.
Carry out experiment to
verify the performance
characteristics of a
shunt and series DC
motor.
Carry out experiment
on four-quadrant
operation of DC motor
Guide the student to
perform the
experiments.
DC motor
DC generator
Industrial drives
operation
demonstration
module.
General Objective: 4.0 Understand Industrial drives control
4.1 Explain DC drives Explain 4.1- 4.6. Textbook, White Marker
Carry out experiment
on speed control of;
Guide the students to
carry out practical
LabVIEW
Stepper motor
![Page 76: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
76
9-10
control:
Phase control
method.
Chopper
regulator
method.
PLL control
4.2 Explain AC drives
control:
Stator voltage
Variable
frequency
Rotor resistance.
PWM control
Closed loop
control.
4.3 Explain servo
motor control
4.4 Explain stepper
motor control
4.5 Explain
microcontroller based
speed control
4.6 Explain solid state
motor control
Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, Projector etc.
(i) induction motor
(ii) Universal motor
Carry out experiment is
to compare full-step
mode and half-step
mode of stepper motor
control.
Carry out experiment
on control of stepper
motor using
microcontroller.
Carry out experiment
on DC motor speed
control using PWM.
exercises. DC motors
Stepper Motor
control chip
Servo motor
PIC micro-
controller.
General Objective: 5.0: Know relaying heating and welding control
11-12
5.1 Explain the
principle of relays:
Electro-
mechanical
Solid state
Timing
Latching
5.2 Explain the
Explain 5.1 – 5.5
Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, Projector etc.
Carry out experiments
on relay operation.
Carry out experiments
on changeover switch.
Carry out experiments
to verify the
characteristics of reed
Guide the students to
carry out practical
exercise.
Relays
Multimeter
Indicator lamp
Semi-conductor
diodes.
Reed switch
Mercury switch
Limit switch.
![Page 77: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
77
principle of inducting
heating.
5.3 Explain the
principle of di-electric
heating.
5.4 Explain the
principles of resistance
welding.
5.5 Describe the
applications of 5.1-5.3.
switch, mercury switch
and limit switch.
General Objective: 6.0: Appreciate the concept and application of renewable energy system
13-14
6.1 Explain wind
generator systems
6.2 Explain
photovoltaic
generators
6.3 Explain other
sources of renewable
energy:
Biomass
Hydro
Geothermal
etc.
Explain 6.1 – 6.3 Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, Projector etc.
Construct a simple
photovoltaic (PV)
system.
Guide the students to
carry out practical
exercise.
PV cells
DC ammeter
DC volt meter
Transparency
film
General Objective 7.0: Understand Power Electronics in Automotive Applications
15
7.1 Explain the
concept of Automotive
electronics.
7.2 Describe
automotive
electronics:
modern electric
power steering
Explain 7.1-7.2 Textbook, White Marker Board, duster, Marker, and Related videos, Projector etc.
- -
![Page 78: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
78
HEV vehicles
main inverter,
central body
control
braking system
seat control
etc.
![Page 79: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
79
SECOND SEMESTER COURSES
![Page 80: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
80
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH III
COURSE CODE: GNS 302
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: COMMUNICATION IN
ENGLISH III
Semester: SECOND
Code: GNS 302
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal:
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the principles and practice of correspondence.
2 Understand the use of Logic in Written Communication.
3 Understand the methods and procedures of writing Project Reports.
![Page 81: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
81
COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH III
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA
COURSE TITLE: COMMUNICATION IN
ENGLISH III
COURSE CODE: GNS 302 CONTACT HOURS: 2-0-0 HRS/WEEK
COURSE SPECIFICATION: THEORY AND PRACTICE Practical Content:
General Objectives: Understand the principles and practice of correspondence.
WEEK Specific Learning
Objective
Teachers Activities Learning
Resources
Specific Learning
Objectives
Teachers
Activities
Learning
Resources
1 – 5
Teach the principles and
practice of
correspondence
1.1 Explain the principles of
letter writing and
differentiates it from other
kinds of writing.
1.2 Explains the components
of an informal letter.
1.3 Explains the components
of a formal letter: Business
letter.
1.4 Identifies and discusses
the features and language
of a “MEMO”.
1.5Prepares different kinds if
correspondence using
different presentation forms:
Appointment,Promotion,
Dismissal, Commendations,
Condolence, Queries,
Congratulations, Letter of
Complaint, Letter of
Recommendation, Letter of
Adjustment, Application
Letter, Resume Preparation
etc.
Recommended
texts, White
Board, Market,
Duster, Sample
of different forms
of
correspondence
Students should
distinguish between
formal and informal
letters. They should
be able to
identifycomponents
of a business letter.
Students are asked
to
identifydifferent
principles of
letters. They are
equally asked to
differentiate
between a memo
and letter
Recommended
text(s) writing
,materials and
model letters.
General Objectives: Understand the use of Logic in Written Communication.
Understand the use of 2.1 Explain the use of logic Recommended Students should be 1. Students read Recommended
![Page 82: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
82
6 – 8
logical connections of
ideas and actions in a
written communication.
in written communication.
2.2 Reads passages of
expository and
argumentative writings.
2.3 Traces the logic in the
passages in 2.2 above
2.4 Identifies facts, opinions
and fallacies etc in a given
passage
texts, newspapers
and magazines,
white board,
marker and
duster.
able to comprehend
more difficult
passages
and identify
arguments in
apassage.
2.
textbooks,
excerpt from
newspapers,
magazines and
journals and
writing
materials
General Objectives: Understand the methods and procedures of writing Project Reports.
9 – 15
Learn the procedures
for writing project and
documentation styles.
The teacher:
3.1 Define and
distinguishes projectreport
from other kindsof reports.
3.2 Explains the
characteristics of a project
report viz-parts format and
styles.
3.3 Procedure of writing
project report.
3.4 Explains the methods of
data collection: Primary,
secondary and Tertiary
sources.
3.5 Explains citation and
documentation style i.e.
APA, MLA, CMS etc
3.6 Write an outline of
project report using
appropriateranking and
phrasing.
3.7 Evaluates sample project
report.
Samples of
Project, white
board, duster and
marker.
Students should be
able to identify
sources of data
gathering.
Students should be
able to distinguish
different
documentation
styles.
Students identify
various sources of
data collection.
Students evaluate
a given project
report.
Students are asked
to write on a
specific
documentation
styles.
White board,
duster and
market
![Page 83: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
83
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: ADVANCED CALCULUS
COURSE CODE: MTH 312
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: ADVANCED CALCULUS
Semester: SECOND
Code: MTH 312
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
Goal:
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Lap lace transform.
2 Understand Fourier series and apply it to solve engineering problems.
3 Understand the methods of solving second - order differential equations.
4 Understand methods of solving simultaneous linear differential equations.
5
Understand the methods of solving partial differential equations and their uses.
6 Understand the principles of functions of several variables and their uses.
![Page 84: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
84
ADVANCED CALCULUS
PROGRAMME: HND IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: ADVANCED
CALCULUS
Course Code: MTH 312 Contact Hours: 2-0-0HRS/WK
Theoretical Content Practical Content
General Objective 1.0: Understand Lap lace transform
Week Specific
Learning
Outcomes
Teacher’s
Activities
Resources Specific
Learning
Outcomes
Teachers activities Resources
1-4
1.1 Define Laplace
transform
1.2 Obtain Laplace
transform of
simple
functions
1.3 Define the
inverse Laplace
transform
1.4 Obtain the
inverse Laplace
transform
of simple functions
1.5 Evaluate some
partial fractions
with:
a. linear
denominator
b. quadratic
1.6 Express the
derivative in
Laplace
transform
1.7 Express unit
step, impulse Driac
delta and ramp
functions in
• The teacher to
illustrate with good
examples and make
notes where
necessary
• Ask the students
to:
• define Laplace
transform and apply
in simple functions
• evaluate some
partial fractions as
indicated in 1.5 and
express the
Derivative in
Laplace transform.
• Assess the
students
• Recommended
textbook,
chalkboard,
chalk,
lecture notes, etc
![Page 85: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
85
laplace
transform
1.8 Apply Laplace
transform to
differential
equatione.g solve
by Laplace
transform the
boundary – value
𝜕𝑈
𝜕𝑡=4𝜕2𝑈
𝜕𝑥2
problem?
u(O,t) = 0, u(3,t) =
O
u(x, O) = I0 sin 2 x
- 6 sin 4x
1.9 Apply Laplace
transform to
suitable
engineering
problems e.g use
Laplace
transform to find
the charge and
current
at anytime in a
series circuit
having an
inductance L,
capacitance C,
Resistance
R, emf E, assume
charge and current
are zero
General Objective 2.0: Understand Fourier series and apply it to solve engineering problems
![Page 86: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
86
5-6
2.1 Define Fourier
series
2.2 Explain the
periodic function
2.3 Explain the
non-periodic
function
2.4 Identify even
and odd functions
2.5 Explain even
and odd functions
using
graphical
representation
2.6 Explain the
characteristics of
even
and odd functions
2.7 Derive the
Fourier
coefficients in both
polar and
rectangular forms
2.8 Expand simple
functions in
Fourier
series e.g
a. simple linear
algebraic
functions
b. trigonometric
and
logarithmic
functions
2.9 Derive the
Fourier series for a
trigonometric
• The teacher to
illustrate with good
examples -and make
notes where
necessary.
• Ask the students
to:
• define Fourier
series, explain the
periodic and non
periodic functions,
identify even and
odd functions and
explain them using
graphical
representation
• Assess the
students.
• Ask the students to
derive the
Fourier coefficients
in both the polar
and rectangular
forms
• Assess the
students.
• Ask the students
to:
• expand simple
functions in Fourier
series as indicated in
2.8
• derive Fourier
series for
trigonometric
functions using the
half
• Recommended
textbooks,
Chalkboard, Chalk,
Lecture note, etc.
![Page 87: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
87
function using the
half
range approach
2.10 Expand
functions with
arbitrary
period
2.11 State the
Euler’s formula
2.12 Establish a
complex Fourier
series
2.13 Evaluate the
integration of
Fourier
series
2.14 Apply Fourier
series to suitable
engineering
problems
range approach, and
expand
functions with
arbitrary period
• state Euler’s
formula and
establish a
complex Fourier
series
• evaluate the
integration of
Fourier
series and apply
Fourier series to
solve engineering
problems
• Assess the
students.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the methods of solving second - order differential equations
7-8
3.1 Identify a
homogeneous
linear
equation of the
second order
3.2 Establish the
second order
differential
equation with
constant
coefficients viz:
𝑎(𝑑2𝑦)
𝑑𝑥2+𝑑(𝑑𝑦)
𝑑𝑥+ 𝐶𝑦 = 0
3.3 Find the real
and distinct, equal
• The teacher to
illustrate with good
examples and make
notes where
necessary
• Ask the students
to:
establish 2nd Order
D.E with constant
coefficients viz:
𝑎(𝑑2𝑦)
𝑑𝑥2+𝑑(𝑑𝑦)
𝑑𝑥+ 𝐶𝑦= 0
and find the real and
distinct, equal
![Page 88: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
88
and
complex roots for
3.2 above
3.4 Solve the
fundamental
system of
general solution,
given initial values
3.5 State Caudiy’s
equation
3.6 Explain the
existence and
uniqueness of
solutions to 2nd
Order
differential
equations
problems
3.7 Explain the
homogeneous
linear
equations of higher
order constant
coefficients
3.8 Solve non-
homogeneous
differential
equations
3.9 Solve simple
simultaneous
differential
equations
and complex roots
for the equation
above.
solve the
fundamental system
of
general solution,
given initial values
and also to state
Caudiy’s equation.
• Assess the
students
• Ask the students
to:
• explain the
existence and
uniqueness of
solutions to 2nd
Order
differential
equations problems
and
homogeneous linear
equations of
higher order
constant coefficients
• solve many
problems on
nonhomogeneous
differential
equations,
and simple
simultaneous
differential
equations
• Assess the
students
![Page 89: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
89
General Objective 4.0: Understand methods of solving simultaneous linear differential equations
9-10
4.1 Explain linear
differential
equation
4.2 Identify special
cases of solving
first -
order differential
equations
4.3 Apply the
method of exact
equations,
separable variable
to solve
differential
equation problems
4.4 Apply
knowledge of
linear differential
equation to
suitable
engineering
problems
• The teacher to
illustrate with good
examples and make
notes where
necessary
• Ask the students
to:
• explain linear
differential equation
and identify special
cases of solving
first-order
differential
equations
• apply the equation,
separable
variable to solve
differential quation
problems and apply
it in suitable
engineering
problems
• Assess the
students
General Objective 5.0: Understand the methods of solving partial differential equations and their uses
11-12
5.1 State partial
differential
equation of
order 2
5.2 Solve partial
differential
equation
using “variable
separable”
5.3 Apply D’
Alembert’s
• The teacher to
illustrate with good
examples and make
notes where
necessary
• Ask the students
to:
• state 2nd - order
partial differential
equation and solve
many problems on
![Page 90: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
90
solution of the
wave equation to
partial differential
equation problems
5.4 Apply the
Laplacian concept
in polar
coordinates to
partial differential
equation problems
it using “variable
separable” method
• apply
D’Alembert’s
solution of the
wave equation and
Laplacian concept
in polar coordinates
to partial
differential equation
problems
• Assess the
students
General Objective 6.0: Understand the principles of functions of several variables and their uses
13-15
6.1 Explain limits
and continuity of
given
functions
6.2 Explain mean-
value theorem
using
total differentials
6.3 State Taylor’s
formula for
functions of
several variables
6.4 Derive maxima
and minima of
functions of
several variables
including
possible saddle
points
6.5 Establish the
constrained
maxima
functions of
• The teacher to
illustrate with good
examples and make
notes where
necessary
• Ask the students
to:
• explain limits,
continuity of given
functions, and mean
value theorem
using total
differentials.
• State Taylor’s
formula, derive
maxima and minima
of functions of
several variables
including possible
saddue points
• Establish the
constrained maxima
functions of several
• Recommended
textbooks,
chalkboard, chalk,
lecture notes etc.
![Page 91: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
91
several variables
6.6 Define a line
integral in a plane
6.7 Explain the
path of integral
6.8 Evaluate line
integral problems
6.9 Define the
green’s theorem in
a
plane
6.10 Apply green’s
theorem to solve
line
integral problems
6.11 Apply double
integral to line
integrals
6.12 Apply change
of variables in
triple
integrals
6.13 Evaluate the
differentiation
under
the integral sign
6.14 State stoke
formula
6.15 Apply stoke
formula to line
integrals
in space
6.16 Apply stoke’s
formula to suitable
engineering
problems
variables, define
a line integral in a
plane and explain
the path of integral
• Assess the
students
• Ask the students
to:
• evaluate line
integral problems
• define green’s
theorem in a plane
and apply it to solve
line integral
problems
• apply double
integral to line
integral
and change of
variable in triple
integrals
• evaluate
differentiation under
the
integral sign, state
stokes formula and
apply it to line
integrals in space
• how
stoke’sformula is
applied to
solve engineering
problems
• Assess the
students
![Page 92: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
92
![Page 93: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
93
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
PROGRAMME: HND IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY COURSE CODE: MCE 321 CONTACT HOURS: 2 HOURS/WEEK
Course Specification: Theoretical & Practical Contents
WEEK General Objective 1.0: Understand research management.
Theoretical Content Practical Content
Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teacher’s Activities Resources Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teacher’s Activities Resources
1-3 1.1 Define research.
1.2 List types of
research.
1.3 Explain the
procedure for
carrying out
research.
1.4 List the methods of
gathering
information for
research purposes:
o Preparation of
questionnaire.
o Targeted/ focused
area of research
o Distribution of
questionnaire
o Collation of data
o Processing of
data
o Analyses of data
o Presentation of
result.
1.5 Explain each in 1.4.
Explain 1.1 – 1.5.
Guide students to collect
and analyse available
data.
Textbooks, Marker,
Whiteboard, Projector, e-
resources.
seminars, oral interviews
-
General Objective 2.0: Know the importance of research
4-6 2.1 Explain research
identification and
formulation of research
problems.
2.2 Explain the
Explain 2.1 – 2.3.
Guide students to
identify and formulate
research problems and
Textbooks, Marker,
Whiteboard, Projector, e-
resources, Software.
- -
![Page 94: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
94
significance of research
objective and relevance
to the industries and
academic.
2.3 Explain the
importance of research
literature and material
gathering.
objectives relevant to the
industry and academia.
Guide students to write
literature review and
material gathering.
General Objective 3.0: Know types of research method.
7 - 8
3.1 Define research
3.2 List types of
research.
3.3 Explain types of
research
methodology:
o Experimental
o Analytical,
o Modelling
o Validation
o Simulation etc.
3.4 Explain the logic/
breakthrough in
research methods.
Explain 3.1 – 3.2. - Overheard projector,
slides, whiteboard,
and sample of
projects, and library
facilities.
- - -
General Objective 4.0: Know steps in research process.
9 - 10
4.1 List the steps
involved in carrying out
a research.
4.2 Describe the various
steps in Research.
4.3 Explain the methods
of data collection.
4.4 Explain data
collection, analysis and
interpretation.
Explain activities 4.1-
4.4.
Textbooks, Marker,
Whiteboard, Projector, e-
resources.
- -
General Objective 5.0: Know collation, analysis and result presentation.
11-13 5.1 Explain types of
result presentations:
o Table
o Graphical
o Charts
Explain 5.1 - 5.6. Textbooks, Marker,
Whiteboard, Projector, e-
resources.
- - -
![Page 95: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
95
o Pictorial
o Box Plot
5.2 Explain area of
applications of each in
5.1.
5.3 Explain the
procedure of result
interpretation.
5.4 Explain result
presentation.
5.5 Explain the
significance of the
research to knowledge.
5.6 State the
significance of
originality in research
work.
General Objective 6.0: Understand referencing.
14 - 15 6.1 List the different
types of referencing.
6.2 Explain each in 6.1
6.3 Explain plagiarism
and its implication to
knowledge.
Explain 6.1 - 6.3. Overheard projector,
slides and
whiteboard
- - -
![Page 96: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
96
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: Strength of Material
COURSE CODE: MCE 322
DURATION: 45 Hours (1 Hours - Lecture, 2 Hours - Practical)
CREDIT UNIT: 3.0
Subject: STRENGTH OF MATERIAL
Semester: SECOND
Code: MCE 322
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theory: 1 Hours/Week
Practical: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to enable students acquire knowledge of the effects of stress, strain and deformation on engineering
systems and elements.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the concept of stress and strain.
2 Know stress analysis in simple bars
3 Understand stress, shear force and bending moment on beams
4 Understand the concept of torsion and strain energy
5 Understand deflection of beams, thin cylindrical and spherical shells
![Page 97: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
97
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: STRENGTH OF MATERIAL COURSE CODE: MCE 322 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-2 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand the concept of stress and strain.
Week Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers Activities
Resources
Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-3
1.1 Explain the basic
concepts of stress
and strain.
1.2 Define tensile and
compressive
stresses.
1.3 Explain stress and
strain in 2-
dimension with
emphasis on uni-
axial, bi-axial and
tri-axial stresses.
1.4 Define elastic limit.
1.5 Define Hooke’s law
1.6 Define Young
Modulus
1.7 Explain the
following terms:
Poisson ratio
Modulus of
elasticity
Bulk modulus
Yield stress
Ultimate stress,
etc
1.8 Establish the
relationship between all
the elastic constants E,
Explain 1.1-1.8 Projector,
Slides, PCs,
Textbooks,
marker
board and
markers.
Perform
tension/tensile test on
mild steel bar
Perform
tension/tensile test on
cast steel bar
Determine modulus
and elastic constants
for mild steel and cast
steel bars
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
Universal Testing
Machine.
![Page 98: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
98
G and K .
General Objective 2.0: Know stress analysis on simple bars
4 - 6
2.1 Establish the case
for 2-dimensional stress
with directions of
principal stresses.
2.3 Explain the
following:
- Principal plane,
- Shearing Stress,
- Maximum shearing
and normal stress on
planes of maximum
shearing stress,
- Mohr’s Circle.
2.3 Explain the use of
Mohr’s Circle to
determine principal
stresses and stresses on
arbitrary plane.
2.4 Solve problems
involving 2.1 to 2.3
above
Explain 2.1-2.4 Projector,
Slides,
PCs,
marker and
whiteboard.
Construct Mohr’s
Circle and use it to
determine principal
stresses.
Perform simple stress
analysis on a bar using
Finite Element
Analysis software
such as ANSYS-
Metaphysics.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
PCs,
ANSYS-
Metaphysics
software.
Mohr’s Circle
Charts.
General Objective 3.0: Understand stresses, shear force and bending moment in beams
7-9
3.1 Define axial and
shear force.
3.2 Describe bending
moment diagrams as
applied to statically
determinate beams
including beams with
internal hinges for
different types of
Explain 3.1-3.8 Projector,
Slides,
PCs,
marker
board and
markers.
Perform flexural test on
a beam for central point
load.
Perform flexural test on
a beam for two point
load.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
Flexural tester.
Beam with central
point load and
beam with two
point load.
![Page 99: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
99
loading.
3.3 Establish the
relationship between
rates of loading, shear
force and bending
moment.
3.4 Describe the
principles of pure
bending and its
assumptions.
3.5 Derive flexural
formula for straight
beams and moment of
resistance
3.5 Explain bending
stress distribution with
section moduli for
different sections.
3.6 Explain beams for
uniform strength and
flitched beams.
3.7 Describe distribution
of shear stress across
plane sections used
commonly for shear
connectors and
structural purposes.
3.8 Solve problems
related to 3.1 to 3.7.
General Objective 4.0: Understand the concept of torsion and strain energy
10-12
4.1 Define torsion.
4.2 Explain torsion of
circular shafts for both
solid and hollow shafts.
4.3 Explain stresses in
shafts when transmitting
power, shafts in series
Explain 4.1-4.8 Projector,
Slides,
PCs,
marker
board and
markers.
Perform torsion test on
mild steel bar/cast iron
bar specimens.
Carry out Brinell
hardness test on mild
steel bar/cast iron bar
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
Torsion tester,
Universal
hardness tester,
Izod impact
tester,
Charpy tester
![Page 100: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
100
and parallel.
4.4 Define strain energy.
4.5 Define resilience, and
proof resilience as
applied to strain energy.
4.6 Explain strain energy
stored in the member due
to gradually applied load,
suddenly applied load
and impact load.
4.7 Explain strain energy
stored due to shear,
bending and torsion.
4.8 Solve problems
related to 4.1 to 4.7.
specimens.
Carry out Rockwell
hardness test on mild
steel bar/cast iron bar
specimens.
Perform Izod impact
test/Charpy test on mild
steel bar/cast iron bar
specimens.
General Objective 5.0: Understand deflection of beams, thin cylindrical and spherical shells
13-15
5.1 Define cantilever and
different types of beam
supports
5.2 Explain deflection of
cantilevers,
5.3 Solve problems on
cantilevers, simply
supported and over
hanging beams using
double integration and
Macaulay’s Method for
different type of loadings.
5.4 Define thin
cylindrical and spherical
shells.
5.5 Explain the difference
between cylinders and
spheres due to internal
pressure.
5.6 Explain cylindrical
shell with hemispherical
end.
Explain 5.1-5.7 Projector,
Slides,
PCs,
marker
board and
markers.
Identify cylindrical
and spherical shells.
Carry out experiment
on deflection of beam.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise..
Beam apparatus.
![Page 101: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
101
5.7 Solve problems
related to cylindrical and
spherical shells
![Page 102: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
102
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: Engineer in society
COURSE CODE: MCE 323
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hours - Lecture, 0 Hours - Practical)
CREDIT UNIT: 2.0
Subject: ENGINEER IN SOCIETY
Semester: SECOND
Code: MCE 323
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theory: 2 Hours/Week
Practical: 0 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to enable students to understand the development in engineering.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Know the early development of Technology
2 Understand Technological Advancements
3 Understand Technological Development in Nigeria
4 Understand the Technical Education system in Nigeria
5 Understand the Engineers’ Roles and Responsibilities in the Community
6 Know all the Professional Bodies in Engineering
7 Understand the Concept of Transfer of Technology
![Page 103: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
103
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
COURSE TITLE: ENGINEER IN SOCIETY COURSE CODE: MCE 323
UNIT: 2 TOTAL CONTACT HOURS: 2
HRS/WEEKS
THEORETICAL: 2 HOURS/WEEK
PRE-REQUISITE: NIL PRACTICAL: NONE
GENERAL OBJECTIVE 1.0: Know the early development of technology.
THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
WEEK/S SPECIFIC
LEARNING
OUTCOMES
TEACHER’S
ACTIVITIES
RESOURCES
(THEORETICAL
/PRACTICAL)
SPECIFIC
LEARNING
OUTCOMES
TEACHER’S
ACTIVITIES
EVALUATION
1 – 2
1.1 Define science
1.2 Define
engineering
1.3 Define
Technology,
intergrating
the views of
ducker,
Gengron,
Schon, etc
1.4 Trace the
history of
Engineering
from early
Egyptian,
Greek and
Rome
civilizations
1.5 Evaluate the
contributions
and problems
of early
technology
Explain 1.1-1.5 Projector, Slides,
PCs, marker board
and markers.
- - -
![Page 104: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
104
GENERAL OBJECTIVE 2.0: Understand technological advancements
3-5
2.1. State the
pervasive
nature of
Technologica
l advances
2.2. Illustrate the
role of
materials in
Technology
2.3. Illustrate the
importance of
Technology
in the
Manufacturin
g industry
2.4. Evaluate
Lady
Woodward’s
“Technology
Theory
2.5. State the role
of
Technology
in the
Development
of power and
fuel
2.6. Explain
improvement
in
transportation
through
technology
2.7. Evaluate
technological
Explain 2.1-2.7 Projector, Slides,
PCs, marker board
and markers.
- - -
![Page 105: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
105
Advances in
electronics
GENERAL OBJECTIVES 3.0: Understand technological developments in Nigeria
6-7
3.1. Explain early
Indigenous
technology in
Nigeria
3.2. Explain the
influence of
foreign
technology
on Nigeria
Indigenous
Technology
3.3. State the main
features of
Nigerian’s
National
policy on
Technology
3.4. Evaluate the
present state
of
Technology
in Nigeria
3.5. Analyze the
advantages
and
disadvantage
s of
importation
of foreign
expertise on
Nigeria
Technology.
3.6. Examine the
Explain 3.1-3.7 Projector, Slides,
PCs, marker board
and markers.
- - -
![Page 106: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
106
Implications
of the ‘Lima
Target’
3.7 Suggest
possible
solutions to
the problem in
3.6 above
GENERAL OBJECTIVE 4.0: Understand the technical education system in Nigeria
8-9
4.1 Explain the
structure of
Technical
Education in
Nigeria
4.2 State the
main features
of Nigeria’s
National
policy on
Technical
Education
4.3 List the roles
of the
Different
categories of
Technical
Personnel
produced in
4.1 above.
4.4 Compare and
contrast
university
programmes
in
engineering
with those of
Explain 4.1-4.5 Projector, Slides,
PCs, marker board
and markers.
- - -
![Page 107: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
107
polytechnics
in Nigeria
4.5 Explain the
functions of
the National
Board for
Technical
Education.
(N.B.T.E)
GENERAL OBJECTIVE 5.0: Understand the engineers’ roles and responsibilities in the community.
10 -11
5.1 Outline the
social, moral
and
professional
responsibiliti
es of the
engineer in
the society
5.2 Analyze
proposals,
target time
and strategies
as the
development
plans in
Nigeria
5.3 List the roles
of
engineering
development
in national
defence.
Explain 5.1-5.3 Projector, Slides,
PCs, marker board
and markers.
- - -
GENERAL OBJECTIVE 6.0: Know all the professional bodies in engineering
6.1 List all the
professional
bodies in
Explain 6.1-6.3 Projector, Slides,
PCs, marker board
and markers.
- - -
![Page 108: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
108
12 - 13
engineering
in Nigeria.
6.2 Explain the
aims and
objectives of
each body
listed in 6.1
above
6.3 State the
requirements
for
registration
of
membership
of each
society/associ
ation body
listed in 6.1
GENERAL OBJECTIVE 7.0: Understand the concept of transfer of technology
14 - 15
7.1 Explain
technology
transfer
concept from
the
prospective of
the less
advanced
countries.
7.2 Evaluate the
advantages
and
disadvantages
of transfer
technology.
7.3 State the
problems
Explain 7.1-7.5 Projector, Slides,
PCs, marker board
and markers.
- - -
![Page 109: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
109
prospects of
technology
transfer in
Nigeria.
7.4 Suggest
possible
alternatives to
technology
transfer in
Nigeria
7.5 Formulate a
feasible plan
for providing
Nigeria with
indigenous
“know how”.
![Page 110: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
110
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: FLUID MECHANICS
COURSE CODE: MCE 324
DURATION: 45 Hours (1 Hours Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: FLUID MECHANICS
Semester: SECOND
Code: MCE 324
Pre-requisite: Thermo/Fluid
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: The course is designed to provide the student with knowledge and skills in fluid flow measuring devices, internal, external and
compressible fluid flows and their application in rotor dynamics and positive displacement machines.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the working principles and the use of different types of fluid flow measuring devices.
2 Understand the basic principles and governing equations of internal fluid flow.
3 Understand the basic principles and governing equations of external fluid flow.
4 Understand the basic principles and governing equations of compressible flows
5 Understand the basic principles and governing equation of computational fluid dynamics (CFD)
6 Understand the application of all the fluid flows principles in rotor dynamic machines.
7 Understand the application of all the fluid flows in positive displacement machines.
![Page 111: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
111
FLUID MECHANICS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: FLUID MECHANICS COURSE CODE: MCE 324 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-2Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand the working principles and the use of different types of fluid flow measuring devices.
1-2
1.1 List fluid different
flow measuring
devices
1.2 Explain the
working principles
of each the flow
measuring devices
for measuring the
following:
Pressure
Velocity
Density
Viscosity
Surface
Tension
Head
(Displacem
ent), etc.
Explain 1.1 - 1.2 Textbook, White
Board, Marker,
Related videos,
Projectors,
Lecture notes,
etc.
- Identify each of the fluid
measuring devices.
- Measure parameters:
pressure, velocity, density,
viscosity, surface tension,
head displacement using
fluid measuring devices
Guide the students and ask
them to perform the
activities.
- Orifice meter
- Venturi meter
- Flow nozzles
- Notches
(rectangular &
- V- notch
- Viscometer
- Barometer,
- Manometer
- Tensiometer
- Capillary Tube
- Hydraulic
Bench with
accessories
General Objective 2.0: Understand the basic principles and governing equations of internal fluid flow.
3-5
2.1 Define the following:
Fluid Dynamics
Static Pressure
Dynamic
Pressure
Stagnation and
Total Pressure
Streamline
Stream Tube
Explain 2.1 - 2.13 Textbook, White
Board, Marker,
Related videos,
Projectors,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Perform experiments to
verify the following:
conservation of
mass,
conservation of
energy and
conservation of
momentum
equations.
Guide the students and ask
them to perform the
experiments and ask them
to carry out practical
assignments.
• Orificemeter
• Venturimeter
• Pitot Static
Tube
Hydraulic
Bench with
accessories
![Page 112: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
112
Control Volume.
2.2 Classify different
fluid behaviours:
Steady and
Unsteady
Uniform and
non-uniform
One dimension
and multi
dimension
Viscid and
Inviscid
Compressible
and
Incompressible
Ideal and Real
2.3 State Conservation
of Mass Equation
2.4 Explain conservation
of mass equation.
2.5 State Conservation
of Energy Equation
2.6 Explain conservation
of energy equation
(Bernoulli Equation).
2.7 Explain flow
measurement using
Bernoulli Equation.
2.8 Solve problems
involving the following:
Venturimeter,
Orificemeter
Pitot-static tube
2.9 Explain flow
regimes: Laminar,
transition and turbulent
flows.
2.10 State Darcy formula
and momentum
equation.
Perform experiments to
demonstrate the following:
Laminar Flow
Transition Flow
Turbulent
![Page 113: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
113
2.11 Describe the
concept of fluid power.
2.13 Solve problems
involving 2.3 to 2.11.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the basic principles and governing equations of external fluid flow.
6-7
3.1 State the regimes of
external flows.
3.2 Describe different
regimes of external
flows.
3.3 Define the term,
‘Drag Coefficient’.
3.4 Explain the concept
of boundary layer.
3.5 Solve problems
involving 3.1 to 3.4
above.
Explain 3.1 - 3.5 Textbook, White
Board, Marker,
Related videos,
Projectors,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Perform experiments to
demonstrate different
regimes in external flow.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments and ask them
to carry out practical
assignments.
Open Channel
Flow Apparatus
with accessories.
Orificemeter.
Venturimeter.
General Objective 4.0: Understand the basic principles and governing equations of compressible flows
8-9
4.1 Define the term,
‘compressible flow’
4.2 State the governing
equations and the
assumptions in
compressible flows.
4.3 Derive the
expression for speed of
sound in fluids.
4.4 Define Mach
Number and its
associated flow regimes
for compressible fluid
flow.
4.5 Explain the term
‘compressibility factor’
Explain activities 4.1 -
4.8
Textbook, White
Board, Marker,
Related videos,
Projectors,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Perform experiments to
demonstrate the following:
- Compressible
flows
- Compressible flow
regimes.
- Compressible
factor.
- Stagnation
properties of
compressible
flows.
- Mach Number and
associated flow
regimes.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments and ask them
to carry out practical
assignments.
Hydraulic Bench
with accessories.
![Page 114: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
114
4.6 State the energy
equation for frictionless
adiabatic gas processes.
4.7 Describe the
stagnation properties of
compressible flow.
4.8 Solve problems
involving 4.2 to 4.7
above.
General Objective 5.0: Understand the basic principles and governing equation of computational fluid dynamics (CFD)
10-11
5.1 Define CFD.
5.2 State the governing
equations e.g Continuity,
Navier Stokes
(Momentum)/ Energy
Equations and Equation
of State.
5.3 Briefly explain time
averaging procedure and
turbulence modelling in
CFD.
5.4 Suggest solution
procedures of the
difference equations.
5.5 Enumerate the
boundary conditions
5.6 Describe velocity-
pressure coupling and its
solution using SIMPLE
algorithm.
5.7 Enumerate
commercial CFD codes
with emphasis on
principles and structures:
- CFX/ANSYS,
FLUENT, PHOENICS
and STAR-CD
- PATRAN, IDEAS.
Explain 5.1 - 5.7 Textbook, White
Board, Marker,
Related videos,
Projectors,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Use a CFD code
(FLUENT) to model and
simulate simple fluid
dynamic problem
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments and ask them
to carry out practical
assignments.
PCs, CFD
Software:
- CFX/ANSYS,
FLUENT,
PHOENICS and
STAR-CD
- PATRAN,
IDEAS.
General Objective 6.0: Understand the application of all the fluid flows principles in rotor dynamic machines.
![Page 115: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
115
12-13
6.1 Classify hydraulic
machines as positive
displacement and
rotor-dynamic
machines.
6.2 Give at least 3
examples for each
type of machines
above.
6.3 Describe the main
rotor dynamic
machines.
6.4 Explain the working
principles of rotor-
dynamic machines.
6.5 Solve problems on
rotor dynamics
machines.
Explain 6.1 - 6.5 Textbook, White
Board, Marker,
Related videos,
Projectors,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Identify different rotor-
dynamic machines and
functions of their
component parts.
Perform experiments to
demonstrate the working
principles of each
machines.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments and ask them
to carry out practical
assignments
Gear pumps, rotary
compressors, and
centrifugal pumps
and their
accessories
General Objective 7.0: Understand the application of all the fluid flows in positive displacement machines.
14-15
7.1 List types of positive
displacement
machines.
7.2 Describe the features
of these machines.
7.3 Explain their
working principles.
7.4 Solve problems on
positive
displacement
machines.
Explain 7.1 - 7.4 Textbook, White
Board, Marker,
Related videos,
Projectors,
Lecture notes,
etc
Identify different
displacement machines
and functions of their
component parts.
Perform experiments to
demonstrate the working
principles of each the
machines.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments and ask them
to carry out practical
assignments
Reciprocating
pumps,
reciprocating
compressors and
their accessories.
![Page 116: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
116
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: Mechanisms and Drives
COURSE CODE: MCE 325
DURATION: 60 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 4.0
Subject: MECHANISMS AND DRIVES
Semester: Second
Code: MCE 325
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 4 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to acquaint the student with knowledge and skills in the mechanisms of machine elements with its drives.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Coupling
2 Understand Clutches
3 Understand Flywheel
4 Understand Belt, Chain, Gear drives
5 Understand Shafts and Applications
6 Understand Bearings and Applications
7 Understand Drives
8 Understand Cams and Followers
9 Understand Linear motion and characteristics of Ball Screw
10 Understand Indexing and Mechanisms
11 Understand Cranes and Conveyors
![Page 117: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
117
MECHANISMS AND DRIVES
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: MECHANISMS AND DRIVES COURSE CODE: MCE 325 CONTACT HOURS: 2-0-2 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand Coupling
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1
1.1 Explain the
meaning of
Coupling and its
uses
1.2 Discuss function of
shaft coupling
1.3 Highlight types
and uses of
couplings
- Rigid
- Material
flexing:
- Jaw, pin,
disc, etc.
1.4 Solve simple
problems involving
coupling.
Explain 1.1 - 1.4 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Identify various types
of couplings on video
clips
Guide students to
identify various types of
couplings
Shaft couplings:
- Rigid
- Material
flexing:
Jaw, pin, disc,
etc.
General Objective 2.0: Understand Clutches
2 2.1 Explain the uses
and importance of
Clutches
2.2 Describe the
functions of clutches.
2.3 Describe types of
clutches:
- Cone
Explain 2.1 - 2.4 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Identify different types
of clutches.
Perform experiment to
demonstrate the
functions of clutches.
Guide students to
identify various types of
clutches.
Guide the students.
Different
clutches:
- Cone
- Single
disc
- Plate
- Rim
- Multi-
disc
mechani
![Page 118: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
118
- Single disc
- Plate
- Rim
- Multi-disc
mechanical
2.4 Solve simple
problems involving
clutches.
cal
General Objective 3.0: Understand Flywheel
3 3.1 State the uses and
importance of
flywheel in
engines/machines
3.2 Explain flywheel-
function and operation
3.3 State design
approach of flywheel.
3.4 Enumerate design
parameters
- Speed
fluctuation
- Coefficient of
speed
fluctuation
3.5 Explain torque
variation and energy
3.6 Describe torque
time relation without
flywheel
3.6 Explain the
geometry of flywheel
3.7 Determine stresses
in flywheel
3.8 Solve simple
problems involving
flywheel.
Explain 3.1 - 3.8 Marker, white
board,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Perform experiment to
demonstrate static
balancing of four
mass system relating to
flywheels such as mass,
moment of inertia
torque, turning moment
diagrams, co-efficient of
fluctuation of speed and
energy, maximum, mean
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments.
Flywheels
![Page 119: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
119
General Objective 4.0: Understand Belt, Chain, Gear drives
4-6
4.1 Explain the
meaning and uses of
Belts, Chains and
Gears drives
4.2 State the types of
belts and pulleys
4.3 Explain toothed
belt and pulleys
4.4 Perform
calculations on speed
for belts and pulleys
4.5 Explain standard
roller chains and
sprockets
4.6 State the types and
arrangements of gears
4.7 Describe gear
trains
4.8 Discuss worm and
worm wheel
4.9 Enumerate
applications of gearing
system.
4.10 Solve simple
problems involving
belt, chain and gear
drives.
Explain 4.1 - 4.10 Marker, white
board,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Identify the basic engine
transmissions parts
- belt and pulley
- Chain and
sprockets
- gear drives
Perform experiment
demonstrate the
following:
- coefficient of
friction between
belt and pulley.
- coefficient of
friction between
chains and
sprockets
- meshing in direct
types of gears and
gear trains.
- Demonstrate the
Laboratory work
involved.
- Ask the students to:
i. find coefficient
of friction
between belt
and pulley
ii. Study
coefficient of
friction
between chains
and sprockets
iii. Study various
types of gears
iv. Study various
types of gear
train
Belts and
pulley.
Chain and
sprocket.
Gears and Gear
train
![Page 120: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
120
General Objective 5.0: Understand Shafts and Applications
7-8
5.1 Explain the
principles and uses of
shaft
5.2 State the functions
of shafts
5.3 Determine the
stresses in shaft
5.4 Describe shaft
materials
5.5 Classify different
types of shafts
5.6 Discuss Shafts
seating, keys and keys
ways
5.7 Solve simple
problems involving
shaft.
Explain 5.1 - 5.7 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Identify different types
of shafts.
Perform experiment to
demonstrate stresses in
shafts, shaft seating,
keys and key ways.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments
Shaft specimens, shaft seating, keys and key ways.
General Objective 6.0: Understand Bearings and Applications
9
6.1 Explain the
importance of
bearings.
6.2 State the functions
of bearing
6.3 Classify bearings
- Friction,
- Rolling,
- Journal,
- Thrust, etc.
6.2 Differentiate
between plain and
low friction
6.3 Solve simple
problems
involving bearing.
Explain 6.1 - 6.3 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
- Identify basic types
of bearings.
- Perform experiment
to demonstrate the
various applications
mechanisms of
bearing.
Guide the students and ask
them to perform the
experiments
-Friction
bearing,
-Rolling
bearing,
-Journal
bearing,
-Thrust
bearing, etc.
General Objective 7.0: Understand Drives
![Page 121: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
121
10
7.1 Explain the
meaning of drives, its
uses and applications.
7.2 Describe types of
drives:
- power
- electrical
- hydraulic
- pneumatic
- spindle
- etc.
7.3 Classify different
types of drive in
electric motor.
7.4Solve simple
problems involving
drives.
Explain 7.1 - 7.4 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
- Identify basic types
of drives.
- Perform experiment
to demonstrate the
various applications
and mechanisms of
drives.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments
The following
drives:
- power
- electrical
- hydraulic
- pneumatic
- spindle
- etc.
General Objective: 8.0: Understand Cams and Followers
11-12
8.1Explain cam and
followers
8.2 State different types
of cams and followers.
8.3 Classify followers
based on types of
surface contact between
cams and followers
8.4 Classify followers
based on motion.
8.5 Describe three-
dimensional cam and
follower.
8.6 State different
applications of cams
8.7 Solve simple
problems involving
cams and followers.
Explain 8.1 - 8.7 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
- Identify basic types
of cam and followers.
- Perform experiment
to demonstrate the
various applications
and mechanisms of
cams and followers.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments
Cams and Cam
follower.
General Objective: 9.0 :Understand Linear motion and characteristics of Ball Screw
![Page 122: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
122
13
9.1 Explain Linear
motion and its
applications
9.2 Describe the
following actuators:
- Linear
- Mechanical
- Hydraulic
- Piezoelectric
- Electro-
mechanical
9.3 Discuss Linear
motors
- Ball screw
configuration
9.4 Explain high
mechanical efficiency
- Lower in wear
- Thread form
9.5 Discuss Preloading
and effect of preload.
9.6 Enumerate different
application of ball
screw
9.7 Solve simple
problems involving
linear motion and ball
screw.
Explain 9.1 - 9.7 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
- Identify basic types
of screws.
- Perform experiment
to demonstrate the
various applications
and mechanisms of
screws.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments
Ball screws
General Objective: 10.0: Understand Indexing and Mechanisms
14 10.1Explain Indexing
and mechanisms
10.2 State different
types of mechanisms
- Ratchet and
Pawl
Explain 10.1 - 10.6 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
Identify indexes and its
mechanisms.
Conduct experiment to
demonstrate the
application and
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments
- Ratchet
and Pawl
- Rack and
Pinion
- Geneva
- Cams
![Page 123: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
123
- Rack and Pinion
- Geneva
- Cams
10.3 Enumerate
different applications of
Indexing and
mechanisms
10.4 Discuss material
Inspection station
10.5 Explain tool
magazines and transfer
systems
10.6 Solve simple
problems involving
indexing and
mechanisms.
textbooks,
mechanisms of the
following:
- Single and
double slider
crank
mechanism
- Four-bar
mechanism
General Objective: 11: Understand Cranes and Conveyors
15 11.1 Explain the uses,
principle of operation
of cranes and
conveyors
11.2 State types of
Cranes
11.3 Explain the
principles of operations
of the following types
of cranes:
- Bridge
- Gantry
- Jib
- Rail- Guided
vehicles
11.4 State types of
Conveyors.
11.5 Explain the
Explain 11.1 - 11.6 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Identify various types of
cranes and conveyors.
Conduct experiment to
demonstrate the
application and
mechanisms of the
cranes and conveyors.
.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
experiments
Cranes:
- Bridge
- Gantry
- Jib
- Rail-
Guided
vehicles
Conveyors:
- Belts
- Chains
![Page 124: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
124
principles of operation
of the following types
of conveyors:
- Roller conveyor
- In-floor Tow-
line
- Overhead
Trolley
conveyor
- Belt
11.6 Solve simple
problems involving
cranes and conveyors.
![Page 125: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
125
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
COURSE CODE: MCE 326
DURATION: 3 Hours (2 Hours- Lecture, 1 Hour-Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
Semester: Second
Code: MCE 326
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 1Hour/Week
Goal: This course is designed to equip the students with the knowledge of operations and application of sensors and actuators in
mechatronic systems.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Sensors and their functions.
2 Know static, dynamic and signal conditioning features of sensors
3 Understand Displacement, Position and Proximity Sensors/Switches.
4 Understand Velocity, Motion, Force and Pressure Sensors.
5 Understand Temperature, Light and Current sensors.
6 Understand the principles and applications of actuator.
![Page 126: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
126
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: SENSORS AND ACTUATORS COURSE CODE: MCE 326 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-1 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective 1.0: Understand Sensors and their functions
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1
1.1 Define sensors
1.2. Classify Sensors
1.3. Compare analogue
and digital sensors.
Explain activities 1.1
to 1.3.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Projector.
Identify different
types of sensors.
Guide the students to
carry out the activity.
Sensors.
General Objective: 2.0: Know static, dynamic and signal conditioning features of sensors
2-3
2.1 List the various static characteristics of a sensor. 2.2 Explain 2.1 2.3 List the dynamic characteristics of a sensor. 2.4 Explain sensor bandwidth and frequency response. 2.5 List various signal conditional parameters. 2.6 Explain the following terms:
amplifier conversion filtering impedance buffering error analysis.
2.7 List the selection criteria of sensors.
Explain activities 2.1
to 2.7.
Marker,
whiteboard,
Projector.
- - -
General Objective: 3.0: Understand Displacement, Position and Proximity Sensors/Switches
![Page 127: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
127
4-5
3.1Classify sensors and
transducers for the
measurement of the
displacement.
3.2. Classify sensors and
transducers for the
measurement of the
strain.
3.3 Explain hall effect
devices as sensors.
Explain activities 3.1
to 3.3
Marker,
whiteboard, Projector.
Perform experiment
to measure
displacement and
strain.
Guide the students carry out activities.
Potentiometer,
LVDT,
Capacitance
sensors, digital
optical encoder
Strain gauge,
load cells
torque sensors.
General Objective 4.0: Understand Velocity, Motion, Force and Pressure Sensors.
6-9
4.1Classify sensors and
transducers for the
measurement of the
velocity.
4.2. Classify sensors and
transducers for the
measurement of force.
4.3 Classify sensors and
transducers for
measurement of
pressure.
4.4 Classify sensors and
transducers for flow
measurement.
4.5 List special sensors.
4.6 Explain the
operations of special
sensor.
Explain activities 4.1
to 4.6.
Marker,
whiteboard, Projector.
Perform experiment to
measure:
Velocity
Force
Pressure
Flow
Guide the students to
carry out activities.
Load cells
torque sensors
Piezoelectric
pressure sensor
elastic pressure
transducers
microphones
Bernoulli flow
meter
ultrasonic flow
meter
magnetic flow
meter
rotameter.
General Objective 5.0: Understand Temperature, Light and Current sensors
10-12
5.1 Classify sensors and
transducers for
temperature
measurement.
5.2 Classify sensors and
transducers for light
Explain activities 5.1 to
5.4.
Marker,
whiteboard, Projector.
Perform experiment to
measure:
temperature
light
current
Guide the students to
carry out activities.
Resistance
thermometers
thermistors
thermocouples
pyrometers
bimetallic
![Page 128: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
128
measurement.
5.3 Classify sensors and
transducers for current
measurement.
5.4 Enumerate the
factors to be considered
during sensors selection.
thermal cameras
optical light
sensors
resistance sensors
General Objective: 6.0: Understand the principles and applications of actuator.
13-15
6.1 Define actuator.
6.2 List types of
actuators.
6.3 Explain the
principles and
applications of actuators
in 6.2.
6.3 Enumerate the
factors to be considered
during actuators
selection.
Explain activities 6.1 to
6.3.
Marker,
whiteboard
Projector.
Identify various
actuators:
- electrical,
- pneumatic
- Hydraulic.
Perform experiment to
demonstrate the
principles of operations
of electrical, pneumatic
and hydraulic actuators.
Guide the students to
carry out activities.
Electrical actuator
Pneumatic
actuator
Hydraulic
actuators.
![Page 129: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
129
PROGRAMME: Mechatronics Engineering Technology: Higher National Diploma (HND)
COURSE TITLE: CONTROL SYSTEMS
COURSE CODE: MCE 327
DURATION: 60 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
CREDIT UNIT: 4.0
Subject: CONTROL SYSTEMS
Semester:
Code: MCE 327
Pre-requisite: SIGNALS AND
SYSTEMS.
Total Hours: 4 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to enable students to understand the importance and application of control in mechatronics systems.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Basic Concepts of Linearity and Nonlinearity.
2 Understand Time –Domain Analysis and Response.
3 Understand Frequency Response
4 Understand Stability and its application.
5 Understand Root Locust and State Space Analysis.
6 Understand Motion and Process Control
7 Understand Digital Control System
![Page 130: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
130
CONTROL SYSTEMS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE CONTROL SYSTEMS COURSE CODE: MCE 327 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-2
Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective 1.0: Understand Basic Concepts of Linearity and Nonlinearity.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1
1.1 Explain:
Classifications
& types of
Control
Systems
Block
diagrams &
Signal flow
graphs.
1.2 Explain how to
determine the transfer
functions of thermal,
fluid, and mechanical
spring-mass-damper
system using
Mason’s Rule,
Signal-Flow
Graphs of
State
1.3 Explain the use of
MATLAB/
Simulink(Toolboxes
& Functions) to solve
problems in 1.1 and
1.2.
Explain 1.1 to 1.3. Marker,
whiteboard
projector
Determine the transfer
functions of thermal,
fluid, and mechanical
spring-mass-damper
system using MATLAB
and Simulink.
Guide the students to
carry out activities.
Matlab/Simulin
k software,
Laptops
General Objective: 2.0: Understand Time –Domain Analysis and Response
![Page 131: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
131
2-3 2.1. Explain the general
State-Space
Representation.
2.2 Apply State-Space
Representation in time
domain analysis and
response.
2.3 Explain the
Conversion of a
Transfer Function to
State Space and State
Space to a Transfer
Function
2.4 Explain Time
response of second
order system and
specify Time domain
specifications.
2.5 Explain Steady
state errors and static
error constants in unity
feedback control
systems.
2.6 Explain P, PI and
PID modes of feedback
control.
Explain 2.1 to 2.6.
Marker,
whiteboard
Projector.
Demonstrate P, PI and
PID modes of feedback
control using MATLAB/
Simulink.
Guide students to carry
out activities.
MATLAB/Simu
link software
Laptops
General Objective: 3.0: Understand Frequency Response
4-5
3.1. Explain Frequency
domain specifications
3.2 Explain correlation
between time and
frequency response for
second order systems
3.3 Describe the Bode
plots in assessment of
stability
Explain 3.1 to 3.7. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector.
Demonstrate how to use
MATLAB for bode plot
and Compensation design
Guide the student to
carry out activities.
.
MATLAB/Si
mulink
software
Laptops
![Page 132: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
132
3.4 Explain Gain
Margin and phase
Margin assessment
3.5 Explain the
Concepts of
compensation
3.6 Explain how to
determine Lead, lag
and Lead lag
compensation using
Bode Plot and Polar
plots
3.7 Explain the use
MATLAB for Bode plot
and Compensation
design
General Objective 4.0: Understand Stability and its application.
6-7
4.1 Explain the
Concepts of stability:
stable, neutral,
unstable, absolute,
asymptotic, conditional
and marginal.
4.2 Explain Routh-
Hurwitz Criterion
4.3 Describe Special
Cases of Routh-
Hurwitz Stability
Criterion.
4.4 Explain Nyquist
Stability and Nyquist
stability criterion.
4.5 Describe the
assessment of relative
stability.
4.6 Explain Gain and
Phase Margin
Explain 4.1 to 4.8
Marker,
whiteboard
projector .
Demonstrate to the
student’s use of
MATLAB for stability
analysis of systems.
Guide students to carry
out practical activities.
MATLAB/Si
mulink
software
Laptops.
![Page 133: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
133
4.7 Describe Stability
in State Space, Stability
analysis with Root
locus technique.
2. 4.8 Explain the use of
MATLAB for stability
analysis of higher order
systems.
General Objective 5.0 Understand Root Locust and State Space Analysis.
8-9
5.1 Explain the Root
locus concepts.
5.2 Explain the
construction of root loci.
5.3 Describe the Root
contours.
5.4 Explain the
limitations of
conventional control
theory.
5.5Explain the concepts
of state, state variables
and state
Model
5.6Describe the state
model for linear time
invariant systems.
5.7 Describe state space
representation using
physical, Phase and
canonical variables.
5.8 Explain the use of
MATLAB/ Simulink to
solve related Root loci
and state space analysis
problems.
Explain 5.1-5.8
Marker,
whiteboard Projector.
Demonstrate the use
MATLAB/Simulink for
root locus construction
and state space analysis
Guide students to carry
out activities.
MATLAB/Si
mulink
software
PCs.
General Objective: 6.0: : Understand Motion and Process Control
![Page 134: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
134
10-12 6.1 Explain the
Concepts of motion
control.
6.2 Describe Types of
Position Movements
6.3 Explain Motion
Control Parameters and
feedback devices.
6.4 Explain the
concepts, realization and
application of speed
control
6.5 Describe fixed and
variable unit time delay
speed control system.
6.6 Describe the
performance of the fixed
unit speed controller.
6.7Explain the concepts,
realization and
application of position
control.
6.8 Explain Position
Control System With
and without Feedback.
6.9Explain the Methods
of implementing motion
control utilizing
Variable Frequency
Drives (VFD’s).
6.10 Explain process
control systems,
controllers and the
control actions required
for different systems.
6.11 Explain the design
of feedback control
Explain 6.1 to 6.11. Marker,
whiteboard Projector.
Perform laboratory work
on;
Motion control
speed and position
controls
process control
techniques
Implementation of
basic industrial
controllers; P, I,
PI, PD and PID
Using MATLAB.
Guide students to carry
out activities.
MATLAB/Si
mulink
software
PCs
![Page 135: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
135
systems.
General Objective: 7.0 Understand Digital Control System
13-15
7.1 Explain the basic
concept of digital and
analogue control
systems.
7.2 Distinguish between
Digital control and
analog control systems.
7.3Explain analog
control system design:
Temperature Control
system.
7.4Explain digital
control system and its
applications.
7.5 Describe the
implementation of
Digital controller.
7.6 Explain the digital
control of sampled data
systems and stability
tests.
7.7 Explain state-
variable feedback and
state estimation
Explain 7.1 to 7.7
Marker,
whiteboard Projector.
Perform laboratory work
on implementation of ;
• Digital controller for
Temperature Control
System,
• Digital Power Supply
• Digital Signal controller
based systems
Guide the students to
carry out activities.
MATLAB/Si
mulink
software
PCs.
![Page 136: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
136
PROGRAMME: Mechatronics Engineering Technology: Higher National Diploma (HND)
COURSE TITLE: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
COURSE CODE: MCE 328
DURATION: 45 Hours (1 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
Semester: FIRST
Code: MCE 328
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2
Hours/Week
Goal: The course is designed to acquaint the student with fundamental knowledge and skills in principles, operations and design of
combinational and sequential logic circuits.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the basic principles of digital electronics
2 Understand combinational logic circuit elements
3 Understand sequential logic circuit elements
4 Understand memories and PLD’s
5 Understand combinational Logic Circuit design
6 Understand Sequential Logic Circuit Design
7 Understand Simulation Software and Tools
![Page 137: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
137
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECATRONICS ENGINEERING
COURSE SPECIFICATION:DIGITAL ELECTRONICS COURSE CODE: MCE 328 CONTACTS HOUR: 1-0-2 Hours/Week
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand the basic principles of digital electronics
Week Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-2
1.1 Explain logic
families and their
characteristics.
1.2Explain IC families.
1.3 List basic Medium
Scale Integration (MSI
devices.
1.4 Explain the concept
of MSI.
Explain the activities
1.1 to 1.4.
White Marker
Board,
Projector
Identify the different
Portions of the
manufacturers datasheet
for a Digital ICs
Use datasheet to gather
relevant information on
IC operation.
Guide students to carry
out activities.
Manufacturers
datasheet
ICs
General Objective 2.0: Understand combinational logic circuit elements
3-4
2.1 Explain the basics
combinational logic
circuit element.
2.2 Explain the
classification of
combinational Logic
Circuits according to
the following:
Arithmetic and
Logic Circuits
Data
Transmission
Circuits
Code Converter
Circuits
2.3 Explain
Combinational Circuits
using basic gates and
MSI devices:
Explain 2.1 to 2.5
White Marker
Board,
Projector
Perform experiments on
the following;
Implementation
of 4x1
multiplexer,
using logic gates
Implementation
of 4-bit parallel
adder, using
7483 IC
Implement a full
Subtractor using
IC 7483.
Implementation
of BCD Adder
using 4bit Binary
Adders, 4 to 7
Segment Decoder
and 2Digit 7
Guide the students to
carry out activities.
IC Logic gates
Multiplexer
Adders
Subtractors
Decoders
comparators
Seven
segment
display
![Page 138: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
138
Adder circuits
Subtractor
circuits
Multiplexer/de
multiplexer
Decoders
Comparators
2.4 Explain MSI
devices:
IC7483
IC74151
IC74138
IC7485
2.5 Describe the
applications of section
2.2 with circuit’s
examples.
Segment
Display
Implementation
of 8 bit Binary
Comparator
using 4 bit
Binary
Comparators
Implementing a
Full Adder
using
(a) Decoder
(b) Multiplexer
General Objective 3.0: Understand sequential logic circuit elements
5-6
3.1 List sequential
logic circuit elements.
3.2 Explain 3.1
3.3 Explain MSI
counters (7490, 74163,
74169) and
Applications.
3.4 Explain MSI Shift
registers (74194) and
applications.
Explain activities 3.1 to
3.4.
White Marker
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Perform experiments on
the following;
Construction of
various types of
counters
Implement 4-bit
synchronous
counter
Implement 4 bit
ripple
(asynchronous
Guide the student to
carry out activities.
Power supply,
Breadboard,
TTL ICs:
7490
74163
74169
74194
![Page 139: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
139
counter)
General Objective 4.0: Understand memories and PLD’s
7-8
4.1 List types of
memories.
4.2 Explain the
classification of
memories.
4.3 Explain the
applications of 4.1.
4.4 Explain the basic
concept of
programmable logic
devices ( PLD’s).
4.5 List types of PLDs
4.6 Explain the
architecture of the
PLD’s (PAL and PLA).
4.7 Explain the
applications of PLDs.
Explain activities 4.1 to
4.7.
White Marker
Board, Related
videos, Lecture
notes, projector
etc.
- - -
General Objective 5.0: Understand combinational Logic Circuit Design
9-10
5.1 Explain the Design
Procedure of
Combinational Logic
Circuits.
Explain 5.1-5.6 White Marker
Board,
projector,
Related videos,
Perform experiments on
the following;
Implementation
Guide the students to
carry out activities.
Power supply,
Breadboard,
TTL ICs
7486
![Page 140: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
140
5.2 Explain
combinational circuit
analysis.
5.3 Explain
combinational-Circuit
Synthesis using the
following:
Circuit
Descriptions
and Designs
Circuit
Manipulations
Combinational-
Circuit
Minimization
5.4 Explain
Combinational circuit
design and Simulation
Using Gates:
Delays in Gates
Timing
Diagrams
5.5 Explain design
Hierarchy in
Lecture notes,
etc.
of a 4-bit
magnitude
comparator.
Implementation
of BCD to
Excess 3 code
converter.
Implementation
of a BCD to
decimal
converter.
Implementation
of a 4:1
multiplexer.
Implementation
of a 1:4
demultiplexer.
Implementation
of a BCD to
decimal
decoder.
Implementation
of a decimal to
BCD encoder
7408
7404
7447
7400
7432
![Page 141: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
141
combinational logic
circuits.
Divide and
Conquer
Hierarchical
Design due to
Divide and
Conquer
5.6 Explain circuit
design using sum-of-
products with examples
and state limitations of
sum-of-products
method of design.
General Objective 6.0: Understand Sequential Logic Circuit Design
3-4
6.1 Explain the Design
Procedure of
Sequential logic
Circuits.
6.2 Explain analysis
procedures of
synchronous sequential
circuits
6.3 Explain the Mealy
and Moore machines.
Explain the activities
6.1 to 6.7.
White Marker
Board,
projector,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Perform experiments on
the following;
Verification of
the operation of
RS flip-flop, T
flip-flop, D flip-
flop and JK flip-
flop using ICs.
Verification of
Guide students to carry
out activities.
Flip-Flops
shift register
counter
![Page 142: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
142
6.4 Explain Clocked
Synchronous State-
Machine Analysis
6.4 Explain State
Machine Design and
Synthesis
6.6 Explain Designing
State Machines Using
State Diagrams
6.7 Explain Sequential
Logic Design
Practices; Counters
and Shift Registers
the operation of
a 4 bit shift
register.
Implementation
of the operation
of a Mod-16
counter using JK
flip-flops.
Implementation
of a Mod-10
counter using JK
flips flops and
logic gates.
Implementation
of a 4-bit shift
left register
using D flip-
flops.
Implementation
of a 4-bit shift
right register
using D flip-
flops.
General Objective 7.0: Understand Simulation Software and Tools
![Page 143: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
143
7.1 List Digital
Electronic Simulation
software’s.
7.2 Explain the
following:
Functional
Simulation
Timing
simulation,
Logic Synthesis
RTL
7.3 Explain the
concepts and structure
of Max+Plus II
software
7.4 Explain basic
concepts of Verilog
7.5 Explain Verilog
Structural and
Behavioral Design
7.6 Explain Verilog
Time Dimension and
Test Benches
7.7 Explain the design
combinational circuits
using:
CAD
HDL
7.8 Explain the design
of Finite State Machine
Using CAD Tools
7.9 Explain
Architecture of the
following:
CPLD
Explain 7.1-7.11
.
White Marker
Board,
projector,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.`
Demonstrate the use of ;
Max+PlusII
software to
implement logic
circuits
Storage
Elements with
CAD Tools
Registers and
Counters with
CAD Tools.
Guide the students to
carry out activities.
Max+PlusII
CAD tools
![Page 144: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
144
FPGA
Xilinx XC 9500
CPLD Series
Xilinx XC 4000
FPGA Series.
7.10 Explain VHDL:
Data types
Structural
Modeling
attributes
data flow
behavioral
7.11 Explain Xilinx
ISE and VHDL
implementation of
basic combinational
and sequential
Circuits.
![Page 145: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
145
THIRD SEMESTER COURSES
![Page 146: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
146
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: USE OF ENGLISH IV
COURSE CODE: GNS 401
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: USE OF ENGLISH IV
Semester: FIRST
Code: GNS 401
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
Goal: At the end of this course, the students are expected to be fully equipped to fit into all establishments requiring extensive use of
communication skills for general and specific purposes.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the theory and practice of communication.
2 Understand the concept of organizational communication.
3 Understand the knowledge of organizational communication.
4 Understand Leadership and conflict management in an organization.
![Page 147: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
147
USE OF ENGLISH IV
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE TITLE: USE OF ENGLISH IV COURSE CODE: GNS 401 CONTACT HOURS: 2-0-0 HRS/WEEK
COURSE SPECIFICATION: THEORETICAL/ PRACTICAL CONTENT Practical Content:
General Objective: Understand the theory and practice of communication.
WEEK
Specific Learning Objective
Teachers Activities Learning Resources Specific
Learning
Objective
Teachers
Activities
Learning
Resources
1 – 4 At the end of the lecture, students are
expected to :
1.1 define the term communication;
1.2 identify the elements;
1.3 describe communication process
and interrelationship of
communication elements;
1.4 state the importance of
communication;
1.5 explain different methods of
communication i. oral, written and
non-verbal;
1.6 mention the merits and demerits of
different methods of
communication;
1.7 identify and explain various
elements of oral language
i.echronemics, proxemics, kinesics,
e.t.c;
1.8 1.8 identify and explain the barriers
to effective communication;
1.9 1.9 explain various theories of
communication i.e Harold Lasswell,
David Berlos, Shannon Weaver,
-Defines the term
communication.
-Explains
communication
process and
interrelationships of
the elements.
-Explains the
importance of
communication.
-Teacher gives the
merits and demerits
of communication
methods.
-Teacher explains
the term barrier.
-Identifies and
discusses the
barriers to
communication.
-Explains various
theories of
communication.
-Recommended texts,
white board and
marker.
-An illustration diagram
of communication
process.
Text and drawing or
graphical representation
of the theory of
communication.
Students are
expected to:
-Give scholarly
definitions of
communication.
-Describe
process of
communication.
-Identify the
variables or
elements of
communication.
-State the
importance of
communication.
-Establish the
differences
between verbal
and non-verbal
communication.
-Mention and
explain the
barriers to
communication.
-Asks questions
on the topic.
-Gives take-
home
assignment
-Asks the
learners to give
examples of
non-verbal
communication.
-Evaluates the
students via
questioning.
Recommended
texts, students
notebooks, and
marker.
![Page 148: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
148
Schramms, etc.
General Objectives: Understand the concept of organizational communication.
5 – 7 2.1 Discuss the nature of
communication and organization.
2.2 Explain the flow/direction of
communication within an organization,
i.e formal system and informal system
of communication
-Vertical, horizontal, quasi-vertical, and
diagonal
-Rumuor and Grapevine.
2.3 Identify and explain the merits and
demerits of vertical, horizontal, and
quasi-vertical communication.
2.4 Discuss the impact of environment,
power, status, role, e.t.c on
communication.
The teacher explains
the nature of
communication and
organization.
-describes the formal
and informal system
of communication.
-The teacher
identifies and
explains the
advantages and
disadvantages of
vertical, horizontal,
quasi-vertical, and
diagonal
communication
flow.
- The teacher
explains the impact
the variables have
on communication.
A chart or organogram
showing hierarchies of
authority.
Prescribed text,
whiteboard, and
marker.
Students are
expected to:
- describe
communication
in both formal
and informal
systems;
-explain
vertical,
horizontal,
quasi-vertical,
and diagonal
communication;
-explain the
impact of
power, status,
role, e.t.c on
communication.
Teacher
evaluates the
students by
asking
questions on
the topic.
Asks the
students to
describe the
hierarchies of
authority in
their institution.
Differentiate
between
Rumour and
Grapevine.
Flow chart,
white board,
marker, and
course text.
General Objectives: Understand the knowledge of organizational communication
8-10
3.1 Explain the procedure for
communicating in meetings.
3.2 Define meetings and identify
various types.
3.3 Discuss the importance of taking
minutes in organizational meetings.
Teacher defines
meeting.
Explains importance
of meetings and
types.
Discusses the
Sample of a minute
of meeting. Course
text, video clips of
conference session,
whiteboard, and
marker.
-Define interview
-Mention and
explain types of
interview
-Identify factors
that may mar or
Teacher asks
students to
describe a
meeting
procedure
Outline the
essentials part
Prescribed text,
whiteboard,
marker, and
samples of
minutes of
meeting.
Whiteboard,
![Page 149: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
149
3.4 Explain terminologies of meetings
i.e Ad-hoc, Amendment, Carried,
Motions, Closure, Adjournment, e.t.c
3.5 Explain the procedure of
conferences.
3.6 Define conference.
3.7 Discuss the importance of
conference.
3.8 State the purposes and objectives of
mounting conferences.
3.9 Discuss the organization and
arrangement of a conference venue.
3.10 Explain the procedure of
symposium, seminar, workshop, and
debate.
3.11 Explain the terms in 5.1 above.
3.12 Identify the essential features of
the four.
3.13 Explain and define the term
“interview”.
3.14 Identify various types of
interviews.
3.15 Discuss the roles of an interviewee
importance of
minute taking.
Gives and explains
terminologies of
meetings.
Teacher defines
conference.
Discusses its
importance.
Identifies and
discusses the
objectives/purposes
of mounting
conferences.
State the roles of
stakeholders in a
conference.
-Explains the
procedure and
conference venue
arrangement.
Teacher explains
and defines seminar,
workshop, and
symposium.
Explains the
procedure of debate,
seminar, workshop,
Textbook,
whiteboard, marker,
and video clips of
seminar,
symposium, debate
and workshop.
promote
interviewee’s
performance.
of a minute.
Asks students
to write a
sample minute.
Teacher asks
the students to:
-describe
conference
activities;
-define
conference;
-its importance.
Teacher asks
the students to
differentiate the
four terms and
describe their
procedures.
Teacher
evaluates the
learners
through
questioning.
marker, course
text, personal
notes and
jottings.
Whiteboard,
marker, course
text, and
personal
jottings.
Whiteboard,
marker,
prescribed
textbook.
![Page 150: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
150
and interviewer in the process of an
interview.
3.16 Identify and explain the yardsticks
of evaluating performance in an
interview.
and symposium.
Establishes the
differences among
the four.
Defines interview
Identifies and
explains types of
interviews.
Discusses the
interviewee and
interviewer’s roles.
Identifies and
explains evaluating
yardsticks in an
interview.
General Objectives: Understand the Leadership and conflict management in an organization
11 - 15
4.1 Define the terms leadership, leader,
and followership.
4.2 Identify and explain expected
leadership and followership qualities.
4.3 Explain various theories of
leadership i.e the trait, the style,
contingency, path-goal, Greatman, e.t.c.
4.4 Identify the strengths and
weaknesses of each of the theories.
4.5 Explain various styles of leadership
The teacher defines
leadership, leader,
and followership.
Explains the
leadership and
followership
qualities.
Teacher explains
various theories of
leadership.
Whiteboard, marker,
and textbook.
Textbook,
whiteboard, marker,
and picture of a
conflict situation.
E.g students
demonstration,
public protest, e.t.c.
Students are
expected to define:
Define leadership,
leader, and
followership;
State the qualities
of a good leader
and follower;
Identify and
explain various
theories of
Teacher asks
questions from
the learners.
Students are
evaluated
through
questioning.
Students are
asked to name,
describe, and
categorize the
past leaders
Learner’s
notebook,
whiteboard,
marker, pictures
of Nigerian
leaders.
Textbooks.
![Page 151: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
151
i.e Authoritarian, Democratic, Laissez-
faire, Charismatic, e.t.c
4.6 Explain what is meant by conflict
management.
4.7 Define conflict.
4.8 Identify the causes of conflict in an
organization.
4.9 Discuss how to detect conflict in
and
Organization.
4.10 Explain various methods of
managing conflict i.e dialogue,
consultation, win-lose, lose-lose, and
win-win, e.t.c
Identifies and
explains the
strengths and
weaknesses of the
theories.
Explain various
styles of leadership.
Teacher explains.
Defines conflict.
Conflict
management.
Defines conflict.
Explains the causes
of conflict, how
conflict could be
detected and
managed.
leadership;
Cite examples of
leaders associated
with the theories;
Identify and
explain the
strengths and
weaknesses of the
theories of
leadership;
Identify various
styles of
leadership.
Define conflict
Explain conflict
management
Identify the causes
of conflict
Explain how to
detect and manage
conflicts.
into their right
class.
Teacher asks
some pertinent
questions on
the topic and
gives take
home
assignment.
![Page 152: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
152
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: NUMERICAL METHODS
COURSE CODE: MTH 413
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: NUMERICAL METHODS
Semester: FIRST
Code: MTH 413
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0Hours/Week
Goal:
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the use of numerical methods to solve linear and non-linear equations.
2 Understand finite Differences.
3 Understand interpolation as applied to difference table.
4 Understand Numerical Differentiation.
5 Understand Numerical Integration.
6 Understand numerical methods of solving first and second order ordinary differential equation.
![Page 153: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
153
NUMERICAL METHODS
PROGRAMME: HND IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: NUMERICAL METHODS Course Code: MTH 413 Contact Hours: 2-0-0HRS/WK
Theoretical Content Practical Content
General Objective: 1.0 Understand the use of numerical methods to solve linear and non-linear equations
Week Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers activities Resources Specific
Learning
Outcomes
Teachers
activities
Resources
1-3
1.1 Find solution of
linear algebraic
equation using
Guass elimination
method
1.2 Solve linear
algebraic equations
using Guass-seidel
iteration methods
1.3 Apply Newton-
Raphson iteration
formulae to non-
linear equations e.g.
find the roots of the
equation Cosx = x2
as accurately as your
tables permit.
Find the square root
seriat of log x2-5
• The teacher to
illustrate with
good examples and
make notes
where necessary
• Ask the students to:
• linear algebraic
equation using
gauss-seidel-
elimination and
iteration methods
• apply Newton-
Raphson iteration
formulae to non
linear equations,
as indicated in 1.3
• Recommended
textbooks,
chalkboard,
chalk lecturer
notes etc
General Objective 2.0: Understand finite Differences
4-5
2.1 Define finite
differences
2.2 Explain the
forward differencing
tabulation
2.3 Explain the
building of errors in
• The teacher to
illustrate with
good examples and
make notes
where necessary
• Ask the students to:
• define finite
•
Recomm
ended
textbooks
,
chalkboar
d,
![Page 154: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
154
a
difference table
2.4 Explain the
backward difference
table
2.5 Explain the
central difference
formula
2.6 Apply the
forward, backward
and
central difference
formula or tables in
solving related
practical problems
differences and
explain the forward
differencing
tabulation
• Explain the build-
up of errors in a
difference table, and
backward
difference table, and
central
difference formula
• Apply the forward,
backward,
and central
difference formula
or
tables in solving
related practical
problems
• Assess the students
chalk
lecturer
notes etc
General Objective 3.0: Understand interpolation as applied to difference table
6-7
3.1 Define the
Newton-gregory
forward
difference
interpolation
formula
3.2 Evaluate the
difference table with
unequal interval
using divided
differences
3.3 State lagrange’s
interpolation
formula
3.4 Evaluate a table
• The teacher to
illustrate with
good examples and
make notes
were necessary
• Ask the students to:
• define the Newton-
gregory
forward difference
interpolation
formula and evaluate
the
difference table with
inequal
interval using
•
Recomm
ended
textbooks
,
chalkboar
d,
chalk
lecturer
notes etc
![Page 155: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
155
using largange
interpolation
formula
divided differences
• state Lagrange’s
interpolation
formula, and
evaluate a table
using it
General Objective 4.0: Understand Numerical Differentiation
8
4.1 Explain the basic
process of
numerical
differentiation up to
the third
derivative
4.2 Explain
differentiation based
on
equal interval
interpolation
formula
4.3 Evaluate higher
order derivatives
• The teacher to
illustrate with
good examples and
make notes
were necessary
• Ask the students to:
• Explain basic
process of
numerical
differentiation up to
the
their derivative. The
explanation
must be based on
equal interval
interpolation on
formula
• Evaluate higher
order derivatives
• Assess the students
•
Recomm
ended
textbooks
,
chalkboar
d,
chalk
lecturer
notes etc
General Objective 5.0: Understand Numerical Integration
9
5.1 explain the
Trapezoidal and
Simpson’s rules
5.2 evaluate an
integral using the
three sights
Rule
• The teacher to
illustrate with
good examples and
make notes
were necessary
• Ask the students to
explain the
Trapezoidal and
•
Recomm
ended
textbooks
,
chalkboar
d,
chalk
![Page 156: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
156
Simpson’s rules
and also to evaluate
an integral
using the three sights
rule
lecturer
notes etc
General Objective 6.0: Understand numerical methods of solving first and second order ordinary differential equation
10-15
6.1 Explain Runge-
Kutta’s and Euler’s
methods
6.2 Solve the first
order ordinary
differential equation,
using Runge-
Kutta’smethode.g if
dy = 2x + y, y(0) =
1, find the
approximate value of
y, using
(a) Euler’s and (b)
Runger-Kutta’s
methods
6.3 Solve the second
order ordinary
differential equation
using Rung-Kutta’s
method
• The teacher to
illustrate with
good examples and
make notes
were necessary
• Ask the students to:
• explain Runge-
Kutta’s and
Euler’s methods and
use it to
solve 1st order
differential equation
of the form - dy = 2x
+y, y(0)=1
• solve many
problems on 2nd
order ordinary
differential equation
using Rung-Kutta’s
method
•
Recomm
ended
textbooks
,
chalkboar
d,
chalk
lecturer
notes etc
![Page 157: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
157
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: ENGINEERING PRODUCTS DESIGN
COURSE CODE: MCE 411
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Course Title: ENGINEERING
PRODUCTS DESIGN
Semester: Third
Code: MCE 411
Pre-Requisite:
Total Hours: 2Hours/Week
Theoretical: 2Hours/Week
Practical: 0Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to provide the student with the knowledge of design, development, costing and
marketing mechatronic products.
General Objectives
On the completion of this module students should be able to:
1 Understand product design, development and life cycle
2 Know the basics of consumer psychology
3 Know the fundamentals of engineering products design
4 Understand the role of marketing in product design
5 Understand the general concepts and principles of cost accounting and their applications
![Page 158: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
158
PRODUCTS DESIGN AND COSTING
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY IINDUSTRIAL OPTION)
Course: ENGINEERING PRODUCTS DESIGN Course Code: MCE 411 Contact Hours: 2 – 0–0
Course Specification: Theoretical Content Practical Content
Week
General Objective 1.0: Understand product design, development and life cycle
Specific Learning outcomes Teacher activities Resources Specific
Learning
outcomes
Teacher
activities
Resources
1 – 2 1.1 Define product, product design and
development.
1.2 Describe stages involved in new
product design and development
(NPD).
1.3 Explain Break-even Analysis.
1.4 Explain Product Life Cycle.
1.5 List various techniques used for
improving product design
1.6 Explain design protection
1.7 Explain intellectual product right
(patency).
1.8 Explain product performance test.
Explain 1.1 - 1.8.
White board.
Markers.
Charts.
Journals.
Projector.
- - -
General Objectives 2.0: Know the basics of consumer psychology
3 – 5 2.1 Define Consumer buying behaviour
2.2 Explain factors affecting consumer
behaviour.
2.3 List the techniques for identifying
customer Needs.
2.4 Explain the techniques listed in 2.3.
2.5 Explain product specifications.
Explain 2.1 - 2.5.
White board.
Markers.
Charts.
Journals.
Projector.
- - -
General Objectives 3.0: Know the fundamentals of engineering products design
6 – 8 3.1 Define engineering design.
3.2 Explain the concept of engineering
designs.
Explain 3.1 - 3.6. White board.
Markers.
Charts.
- - -
![Page 159: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
159
3.3 Explain the tools that transform
customer requirements into
engineering characteristics:
Design for manufacturing , DfM
Design for Product Life Cycle
DfPLC
Design for Concurrent
Engineering
Design for Re-manufacturing
DfR
Quality Function Deployment
QFD
3.4 Explain the fundamentals of 3D
modelling.
3.5 Create 3D solid models of
mechatronics components.
3.6 Explain the use of solid works in
product design.
Journals.
Projector.
General Objectives 4.0: Understand the role of marketing in product design
9 -11 4.1 Define Market.
4.2 Explain marketing systems and
functions.
4.3 Define Pricing.
4.4 List pricing techniques.
4.5 Explain pricing techniques
4.6Explain the basic concept of
branding and packaging.
4.7 Differentiate between branding and
packaging
4.8 Define sales
4.9 Explain sales forecast
4.10 Explain the basic concept of
promotion and advertisement.
4.11 State the merit and demerits of
promotion and advertisement
Explain 4.1 - 4.11.
White board.
Markers.
Charts.
Journals.
Projector.
- - -
General Objectives 5.0: Know cost accounting and applications.
![Page 160: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
160
12 5.1 Define cost
5.2 List types of Cost.
5.3 List the elements of cost.
5.4 Explain 5.2 and 5.3.
5.5 Differentiate between various classes
of cost.
5.6 Explain material acquisition and
pricing
5.7 Explain ABC techniques/Pareto
analysis on inventory
5.8 State types of labour remuneration
Explain 5.1 - 5.8.
White board.
Markers.
Charts.
Journals.
Projector.
- - -
![Page 161: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
161
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
COURSE CODE: MCE 412
DURATION: 45Hours (1 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3
Subject: Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers
Semester: FIRST
Code: MCE 314
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2
Hours/Week
Goal: This Course is designed to Equip Students With Skill And Knowledge in Programming Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
for Mechatronic System Application.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the Basic Concepts of Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
2 Know Information Exchange
3 Know Peripheral Interfacing
4 Understand Main Memory System
5 Understand 8031/8051 Microcontrollers
6 Understand Interfacing and Applications
![Page 162: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
162
Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
COURSE SPECIFICATION: Microprocessors & Microcontrollers COURSE CODE: MCE 314 CONTACTS HOUR: 1-0-2 Hrs/Week
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0:Understand the Basic Concepts of Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
Week Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-4
1.1 Explain the basic
concepts of
Microprocessor and
Microcontroller.
1.2 Differentiate between
Microprocessor and
Microcontroller.
1.3 Explain Von
Neumann and
Harvard architectures.
1.4 Explain Intel 8085;
Pin Functions
Architecture
Addressing
Modes
Instruction Set
Timing
Diagrams
Interrupts.
1.5 Explain Intel
8085Programmingwit
h Examples.
1.6 Differentiate the
following; 8086,
80186, 80286, 80386,
Explain activity 1.1-
1.9.
White Marker
Board.
Projector.
Identify different
types of micro-
controllers.
Guide the student to
identify different
types of
microcontrollers.
ATMEGA-8, 16,
32, 64, 128,
ATtiny 12, 24,
26, 45, 85.
PIC12F1xx
PIC16F1xx
PIC18Fxx
PIC24F
PIC30F - 5V &
EEPROM,
PIC33E -Highest
Performance,
PIC32MX1xx /
PIC32MX2xx,
PIC32MX3xx /
PIC32MX4xx
PIC32MX5xx /
PIC32MX6xx /
PIC32MX7xx)
Intel 80 series
microcontrollers
![Page 163: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
163
80486 and Pentium
processors.
1.7 Explain ATMEL/PIC
and ATMEGA
microcontrollers ;
Pin Functions
Architecture
Addressing
Modes
Instruction Set
Timing
Diagrams
Interrupts
1.8 Explain
ATMEL/PICand
ATMEGA
microcontrollers
programming with
examples.
1.9 Differentiate between
Intel 8085,
ATMEL/PIC and
ATMEGA
microcontrollers.
General Objective 2.0: Know Information Exchange
5-7
2.1 Explain the concept of
Information exchange.
2.2 Explain Input/output
ports:
Ports and porting
Programmable ports
2.3 Explain Communication
Explain activity 2.1-
2.6.
White Marker
Board.
Projector.
- - -
![Page 164: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
164
standards:
Serial data
Parallel data
2.4 Explain Synchronizing
data transfers.
2.5 Explain Peripherals
2.6 Describe Direct
Memory Access (DMA).
General Objective 3.0: Know Peripheral Interfacing
8-9
3.1 Explain the basic
concept of data transfer.
3.2 Explain Data transfer
schemes.
3.3Explain Interrupts.
3.4Explain Interrupt
controllers and interface:
Programmable
Peripheral Interface
(8255)
Carry Interrupt
Controller (8259)
Programmable
Timer (8253/8254)
Programmable
Keyboard and
Display Interface
Programmable
communication
interface 8251
2.1 Explain the universal
synchronous/asynchro
nous
Explain activity 3.1-
3.6.
White Marker
Board.
Projector.
Write programs for
16 bit arithmetic
operations for 8086
using Various
Addressing Modes.
Write an assembly
language program to
add, subtract,
multiply, divide 16bit
data by Atmel micro-
controller.
Write program for
searching a number
or character in a
string using 8086.
Write program to
Guide students to
carry out the
practical.
Computer
Intel 8051
Intel 8086
Atmel
microcontroller.
DMA controller
8237/8257.
![Page 165: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
165
receiver/transmitter
(USART).
2.2 Explain the direct
memory access
(DMA) controller
8257.
verify interrupt
handling in 8051.
Carry out experiment
to verify UART
Operation in 8051.
Carry out experiment
to verity data transfer
from peripheral to
memory through
DMA controller
8237/8257.
General Objective 4.0: Understand Main Memory System
10-11
4.1 Explain the basic
concept of memories.
4.2 Explain the types of
Main Memories
4.3Explain Memory
Organization,
4.4Describe CPU
Read/Write Timing
Diagrams.
4.5Explain RAM and ROM
Interface Requirements.
4.6Explain DRAM
Explain activity 4.1-
4.6.
White Marker
Board.
Projector.
- - -
![Page 166: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
166
Interfacing.
General Objective 5.0: Understand 8031/8051 Microcontrollers
12
5.1 Explain the basic
concept of 8 bit
microcontrollers.
5.2 Explain 8031/8051
Architecture under the
following:
Features
architecture and pin
configurations
CPU timing and
machine cycle, Input
/ Output ports
Memory
organization
Counters and timers
Interrupts
Serial data input and
output
5.3 Explain 8051 Assembly
Language Programming
under the following:
Instruction set
Addressing mode
Assembler directives
and programs
Explain activity 5.1-
5.3.
White Marker
Board.
Projector.
Write assembly
language
programming for the
following using 8051;
Data Transfer.
Arithmetic
Instruction.
Boolean
andLogical
Instructions.
Counter.
Code
Conversion.
Serial
Communication
.
Guide students to
carry out the
practical.
Computer
Intel 8051
General Objective 6.0: Understand Interfacing and Applications
6.1 Explain the basic
concept of interfacing.
6.2Explain pulse
Explain activity 6.1-
6.6.
White Marker
Board.
Carry out experiment
to implement
Interfacing ADC and
Guide students to
carry out the
experiment.
Computer
Intel 8085
Intel 8086
![Page 167: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
167
13-15
measurement.
6.3Explain analog to digital
and digital to analog
converter.
6.4Explain serial data
communication.
6.5Explain network
configuration.
6.6Explain interfacing
under the following:
LED, LCD and
seven segment
display
keyboard
ADC and DAC,
Stepper Motor
Relay
Serial
Communication
Projector.
DAC to 8086.
Carry out experiment
to implement Parallel
communication
between two
microprocessors
using 8255.
Carry out experiment
to implement Serial
communication
between two
microprocessor using
8251.
Carry out experiment
to implement
interfacing stepper
motor to 8086.
Carry out experiment
to implement
communication
between 8051 and
PC.
Carry out experiment
to implement
interfacing LCD to
8051.
Carry out experiment
to implement
interfacing
Matrix/Keyboard to
8051.
Intel 8225
Stepper motor
Matrix/keyboard
Relays
![Page 168: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
168
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: JOINING AND FABRICATION PROCESSES
COURSE CODE: MCE 413
DURATION: 45 Hours (1 Hours Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: JOINING AND
FABRICATION PROCESSES
Semester: SECOND
Code: JOINING AND FABRICATION
PROCESSES
MCI 415
Pre-requisite: Thermo/Fluid
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: The course is designed to equip the students with knowledge of different joining and fabrication processes.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the manufacturing and machining processes
2 Understand the metal joining processes
3 Understand gas welding and cutting processes
4 Understand the processes involved in fabrication
5 Understand IC and PCB fabrication techniques
![Page 169: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
169
JOINING AND FABRICATION PROCESSES
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: JOINING AND FABRICATION PROCESSES COURSE CODE: MCI 415 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-2Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand the manufacturing and machining processes
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-3
1.1 Explainthe basic
concepts of
manufacturing and
machining.
1.2 Explain
component
manufacture:
criteria-tolerances
types of material
machining
technique
surface texture
material removal
rates
speeds and feeds
cutting times
cutter offsets
table angles
1.3 Explain
machining
techniques:
milling
surface
grinding
lapping
Explain activity 1.1-
1.5.
White Marker Board. Projector
Demonstrate machining
operation. Guide students to carry out
the exercise.
Lathe machine Hand tools Work holding devices.
![Page 170: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
170
planing
turning
cylindrical
grinding
centreless
grinding
honing
super-
finishing
thread
milling
techniques
jig boring
horizontal
boring
vertical
boring,
transfer
machines
1.4 Explain tooling
requirements.
1.5 Explain work-
holding techniques
and selection of
work-holding
devices;
three and four
jaw chucks
vices
jigs
fixtures
clamping
arrangements
vee blocks
angle plates
magnetic
![Page 171: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
171
chucks
health and
safety issues
limitations of
devices
General Objective 2.0: Understand metal joining processes
4-6
2.1 Explain the basic
concept of metal
joining.
2.2 Explain the
following processes:
soldering
brazing
riveting
Welding.
2.3 State the
applications of the
processes in 2.2.
2.3 Explain shielded
gas arc welding.
2.4 State the
application of 2.3 and
their effect on welds.
2.5 Describe the
principles of
operation of
submerged arc
welding
2.6List the filler
materials used in 2.5.
Explain activity 2.1-
2.6.
White Marker Board. Projector
Demonstrate the
procedures for arc
welding of various metals.
Guide students to carry out
the activity.
Arc welding set.
welding rods
Flash gas lighter
Steel rule.
Try square. Laser cutter.
General Objective 3.0:Understand gas welding and cutting processes
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
3.1 Explain the basic
concept of gas welding
and cutting.
Explain activity 3.1-
3.7.
White Marker Board. Projector
Gas welding set.
Welding electrode
Steel rule.
![Page 172: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
172
7-9
3.2 Describe the
operations of the
following;
welding
regulator
welding
blowpipe
Cutting
blowpipe
3.3 Describe the
procedure for lighting
the welding torch and
closing.
3.4Explain the types of
flames.
3.5List different
cutting nozzles.
3.6List welding nozzle
sizes for
Different material
thicknesses.
3.7Interpret weld
symbols.
Try square.
General Objective 4.0:Understand the processes involved in fabrication
10-12
4.1 Explain the basic
concept of fabrication.
4.2 Explain common
fabrication materials:
plate and
structural steel
pipeand tubing
sizing
grades and
specifications
4.3 Discuss the
processes involved in
Explain activity 4.1-
4.7.
White Marker Board. Projector
Demonstrate the
operations of the
machines used in shearing
and bending operations.
Demonstrate step by step
procedure for
stiffening by wise edge,
folded edge and
swaging.
Demonstrate the
procedure for mark out
Guide students to carry out
the activities.
Profile cutting
machine
Marking out tools.
Steel rule.
Try square. Laser cutter.
![Page 173: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
173
fabrication.
4.4 Explain stiffening
in fabrication.
4.5 Describe the
following methodsof
stiffen sheet metal
wired edge
folded edge
swaging
4.7 Describe the
methods of stiffening
plates and structural
members;
web stiffening
troughing
channeling
ribbing
profiles of
(i) Cone
(ii) Frustum
(iii) Rectangular vessel
(iv) Rectangular vessel
with folded edge.
Demonstrate the mark out
of intersection
profiles of
(i) two cylinders at right
angles
(ii) one cylinder at angle
of 60’ to the other.
Demonstrate the
procedures for gas
welding of various
materials.
General Objective 5.0: Understand IC and PCB fabrication techniques
12-15
5.1 Explain the
processing of
Integrated Circuits:
processing
sequence
silicon
processing
photolithograp
hy
layer
processes used
in IC
fabrication,
Explain activity 5.1-
5.2.
White Marker Board. Projector
Demonstrate prototyping
printed circuit board
(PCB):
Capturing
schematic in
Capture tool
Developing layout
from the schematic
netlist with Layout
tool
Generating film
from the physical
layout files
Fabricating the
board
Drilling and
Guide the students to carry
out the activity.
PCB CNC
Machine.
Schematic capture
software
Developer
Film
Fabricating board
Drilling tool
![Page 174: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
174
IC packaging.
5.2 Explain Electronic
assembly and
packaging:
PCB structure,
types and
materials.
Processes used
in PCB
fabrication
PCB assembly.
soldering the
fabricated board
![Page 175: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
175
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
COURSE CODE: MCE 414
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Semester: Third
Code: MCE 414
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is intended to increase students ability to understand artificial intelligence
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Basic Concept of Artificial Intelligence
2 Understand Intelligent Agents
3 Understand Concept of Search in Artificial Intelligence
4 Understand Knowledge Representation
5 Understand Expert System
6 Understand Artificial Neural Networks and application
![Page 176: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
176
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE COURSE CODE: MCE 414 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-0Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand Basic Concept of Artificial Intelligence
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1–3 1.1 Explain basic
concepts of Artificial
Intelligence
1.2 Describe
Intelligent behaviour
1.3 Explain the
following approaches
to AI:
Neural science
Symbolic
Integration/neut
ral.
1.4 List types of
Artificial Intelligence
programming
languages.
1.5 Explain Training
Test
1.6 State AI Problems
1.7 List the
Explain 1.1 - 1.7. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
-
- -
![Page 177: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
177
applications of AI
General Objective: 2.0 Understand Intelligent Agents Systems
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
4 – 5 2.1 Explain Intelligent
Agent and their
interactions.
2.2 Explain agent
architectures;
State base
agent
Goal base
agent
Utility base
agent
Model base
reflex agent
Learning agent
2.3 Explain Agent
Performance
2.4 Explain Agent
Faculties
Explain 2.1 - 2.4. Marker,
whiteboard Projector
- -
-
General Objective: 3.0 Understand Concept of Search in Artificial Intelligence
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
6 – 8 3.1 Explain the
concept of search
in AI.
3.2 List the types of
search
3.3 Explain the various
search algorithm
Explain 3.1 - 3.6.
Marker,
whiteboard Projector
- - -
![Page 178: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
178
3.4 Explain state space
search using the
following:
Search
Techniques.
Problem Space.
Search Problems.
3.5 Explain uninform
search using the
following:
techniques of
uninform
search
Depth First and
Breath First
Search.
Uninform
Search
Problem.
3.5 Explain Heuristic
or Inform Search
using the
following:
Best First
Greedy
Search
Beam
Search.
3.6 Explain Tree
Search.
General Objective: 4.0 Understand Knowledge Representation
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
9 - 10 4.1 Explain the Explain 4.1 - 4.4. Marker, - - -.
![Page 179: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
179
concept of
Knowledge
Representation
4.2 Explain the
History of
Knowledge
Representation
4.3 Explain the
Languages of
Knowledge
Representation
4.4 Explain the
Ontological
Analysis of
knowledge
representation.
whiteboard Projector
General Objective 5.0 Understand Expert System
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcome
Teachers Activities Resources
11-12 5.1 Explain the
concept of Expert
System.
5.2 Explain the
representation of
knowledge in
expert system.
5.3 Explain method of
inference in expert
system.
5.4 Explain reasoning
under uncertainty.
5.5 Explain inexact
reasoning.
5.6 Explain expert
system design
process.
Explain 5.1 - 5.6. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector.
-
-
-
![Page 180: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
180
General Objective 6.0 Understand Artificial Neural Networks and application
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes.
Teachers Activities Resources
13 - 15 6.1 Explain the idea of
Neural Network.
6.2 Describe the
Architecture of Neural
Networks.
6.3 Explain Learning
in Neural Networks
under the following:
Supervise
learning
Unsupervised
learning
Computation
and Dynamic
System
Learning
Re-enforced
Learning.
6.4 Explain back
propagation
techniques.
6.5 List areas of
application of Neural
Network.
Explain 6.1 - 6.5. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector.
- - -
![Page 181: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
181
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL TROUBLESHOOTING AND MAINTENANCE
COURSE CODE: MCI 411
DURATION: 60 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 4.0
Subject: INDUSTRIAL
TROUBLESHOOTING AND
MAINTENANCE
Semester: Third
Code: MCE 411
Pre-requisite: None
Total Hours: 4 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2Hours/Week
General Aim: This course is designed to equip students with the knowledge and skill required for installing, maintaining and
troubleshooting modern industrial machinery and equipment.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Basic Safety
2 Understand Different Tools Used for Maintenance
3 Understand Test Equipment
4 Understand Mobile and Support Equipment
5 Understand Temporary Grounding
6 Understand Hazardous Locations
7 Understand Lubrication
8 Understand Drawings and Blueprints
9 Understand Equipment Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Repair
10 Understanding Corrective Maintenance
![Page 182: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
182
INDUSTRIAL TROUBLESHOOTING AND MAINTENANCE
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING ( INDUSTRIAL OPTION)
COURSE: INDUSTRIAL TROUBLESHOOTING AND
MAINTENANCE
COURSE CODE: MCI 411 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-2 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL
CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective 1.0: Understand Basic Safety
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-2
1.1 Explain safety and
its importance in
the Industry.
1.2 Identify causes of
accidents and the
impact of accident.
1.3 Explain the role of
occupational safety
and health
administration
(OSHA) in job-site
safety.
1.4 Explain OSHA’s
General Duty
Clause and 1926
CFR Subpart C.
1.5Explain hazard
recognition and risk
assessment
techniques.
1.6 Explain fall
protection
procedures
requirements:
Ladder
Explain 1.1 - 1.9. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
Demonstrate safe working
procedures and
requirements.
Demonstrate the use and
care of appropriate
personal protective
equipment (PPE).
Demonstrate fall
protection procedures
requirements:
• Ladder
• Stair,
• Scaffold
Guide students to carry
out activity.
Protective
devices
Ladder
Scaffold
OSHA
Chart
guidelines.
![Page 183: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
183
Stair
Scaffold
1.7 Explain the
following working
procedures and
requirements;
struck-by
hazards
caught-in-
between hazards
safe
1.8 Explain safe work
procedures to use
around electrical
hazards.
1.9 Explain the
importance of
hazard
communications
(HazCom) and
material safety data
sheets (MSDSs).
General Objective: 2.0: Understand Different Tools Used for Maintenance
3
2.1 List Categories of
tools used for
maintenance.
2.2Explain the purpose of
each of the tools
commonly used by
industrial
maintenance workers.
2.3Describe how to
maintain each of the
tools used by
Explain 2.1 – 2.4. Marker,
whiteboar
d
Projector
Identify industrial
maintenance tools.
Demonstrate use of
maintenance tools.
Guide students to carry
out the activity.
Maintenance
tools.
![Page 184: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
184
industrial
maintenance workers.
2.4Describe the functions
of thermal imaging,
vibration analysis,
and acoustic
vibration tools.
General Objective: 3.0: Understand Test Equipment
4
3.1 Explain use of the
following test
equipment:
Tachometer
Pyrometers
Laser Shaft
Alignment Tool
Multimeters
Automated
diagnostics tools
Voltage tester
Current Tester
Vibration meter
Frequency meter
Stroboscope etc.
3.2Explain the purposes
of test instruments
commonly used to
test and troubleshoot
E & I equipment.
3.3Explain the purposes
of test instruments
commonly used to
test and troubleshoot
Explain activity 3.1-3.5. Marker,
whiteboar
d
Projector
Identify industrial test
equipment;
Demonstrate the use and
care of test equipment.
Guide students to carry
out the activity.
Tachometer
Pyrometers
Laser Shaft
Alignment Tool
Multimeters
Automated
diagnostics tools
Voltage tester
Current Tester
Vibration meter
Frequency meter
Stroboscope etc.
![Page 185: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
185
mechanical
equipment.
3.4Explain how to read
and convert from one
scale to another using
3.2 and 3.3above test
equipment.
General Objective 4.0:Understand Mobile and Support Equipment
5
4.1 State the safety
precautions
associated with the
use of motor-driven
equipment in
industrial plants.
4.2 Explain the operation
and applications of
the following motor-
driven equipment
commonly used in
industrial plants:
Portable generators
Air compressors
Aerial lifts
Forklifts
Mobile cranes
4.3 Explain how to
perform preventive
maintenance on the
4.2.
Explain activity 4.1-.4.3. Marker,
whiteboar
d
Projector
Demonstrate how to
operate motor-driven
equipment commonly
used in industrial plants:
Demonstrate how to carry
out preventive
maintenance on motor-
driven equipment used in
industrial plant.
Guide students to carry
out the activity.
Portable
generators
Air compressors
Aerial lifts
Forklifts
Mobile cranes
General Objective 5.0: Understand Temporary Grounding
![Page 186: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
186
6
5.1 Explain the purpose
of temporary
grounding.
5.2 Explain Safety
grounding and
machine operation
5.3 Explain requirements
associated with
temporary grounding
devices.
5.4 Explain temporary
grounding
equipment: Clamps,
Ferrules and cables.
5.5 Explain how to install
and remove
temporary grounding
devices.
Explain activity 5.1-.5.5. Marker,
whiteboar
d
Projector
Identify temporary
grounding equipment.
Demonstrate how to install
and remove temporary
grounding devices.
Guide students to carry
out the activity.
Clamps,
Ferrules
Cables
General Objective: 6.0: Understand Hazardous Locations
7
6.1 Define the following
hazardous locations:
Class I, Class II and
Class III.
6.2 Describe the wiring
methods permitted
for branch circuits
and feeders in
specific hazardous
locations.
6.3 Explain selection of
materials e.g. seals
and drains for
Explain activity 6.1-.6.5. Marker,
whiteboar
d
Projector
Identify materials for
hazardous locations.
Demonstrate wiring
branch circuits and feeders
in specific hazardous
locations.
Guide the students to
carry out the activity
Seals
Drains
NEC code.
![Page 187: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
187
specific hazardous
locations.
6.4 Explain the selection
of wiring methods for
Class I, Class II, and
Class III hazardous
locations.
6.5 Explain National
Electrical Code
(NEC) requirements
for installing
explosion-proof
fittings in specific
hazardous locations.
General Objective: 7.0 Understand Lubrication
8-9
7.1 Explain lubrication
Principles;
• Lubricant specifications
• Filtering systems
• Lubricating systems
• Lubrication route
• Lubrication Failures
7.2 Explain OSHA
hazard
communication as
pertaining to
lubrication.
7.3 Explain how to Read
and interpret a
material data safety
sheet (MSDS).
7.4 Explain the EPA
Explain activity 7.1-
.7.12.
Marker,
whiteboar
d
Projector
Demonstrate how to
identify types of additives.
Demonstrate how to
identify types of
lubricating oils.
Demonstrate how to use
lubrication equipment to
apply lubricants.
Demonstrate how to Read
and interpret a lubrication
chart.
Guide the students to
carry out the activity.
OSHA code
MSDS data sheet
EPA code
Lubricant
Additives
![Page 188: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
188
hazardous waste
control program.
7.5 Explain lubricant
storage.
7.6 Explain lubricant
classification and
film protection.
7.7 Explain properties of
lubricants and
greases.
7.8 Explain how to select
lubricants.
7.9 Explain how to
identify types of
additives.
7.10 Explain how to
identify types of
lubricating oils.
7.11 Explain how to use
lubrication equipment
to apply lubricants.
7.12 Explain how to
Read and interpret a
lubrication chart.
General Objective: 8.0: Understand Drawings and Blueprints
10-11
8.1 Explain the different
types of drawings:
• Construction Drawings
• Instrument Drawings
• E&I Drawings
• Plumbing Drawing
• Electrical Drawings
Explain activity 8.1-.8.8. Marker,
whiteboar
d
Projector
Identify different types of
drawings.
Demonstrate how to read
Instrument, specifications,
Guide students to carry
out the activity.
Construction
Drawings
Instrument
Drawings
E&I Drawings
![Page 189: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
189
• Mechanical Drawing
8.2 Explain different
classifications of
construction
drawings.
8.3 Explain basic
construction drawing
terms, components,
and symbols.
8.4 Explain how to relate
information on
drawings to actual
locations on the print.
8.5 Explain how to
interpret and use
drawing dimensions.
8.6 Explain how to read
Instrument Drawings
and Documents:
• Describe standard
Instrument
Society of
America (ISA)
instrument
symbols and
abbreviations.
• interpret instrument
indexes.
• interpret general
instrument
specifications.
• interpret general
drawings and documents.
Demonstrate how to read
and interpret electrical
diagrams.
Demonstrate how to read
and interpret
instrumentation diagrams.
Demonstrate how to read
and interpret mechanical
diagrams.
Plumbing
Drawing
Electrical
Drawings
Mechanical
Drawing
![Page 190: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
190
notes and details
included on
instrument
drawings and
documents.
• interpret installation
detail drawings.
• interpret location
drawings.
8.7 Explain how to read
E&I Drawings:
• Common types of
electrical and
instrumentation
diagrams and
drawings.
• interpret
electrical
diagrams used in
instrumentation
work: Wiring
diagrams, Ladder
diagrams, One-
line Diagrams,
and Motor
controller
diagrams
• interpret
instrumentation
diagrams: P&ID
diagrams, Loop
diagrams, and
![Page 191: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
191
Raceway
diagrams.
• loop diagram for
a given
instrumentation
loop
8.8 Explain how to read
Construction
Drawings:
• Basic layout of a
blueprint.
• Types of lines
used on
blueprints.
• Common symbols
used on
blueprints.
• Architect’s and
engineer’s scales.
General Objective 9: Understand Equipment Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Repairs
12-13
9.1 Explain the proper
safety procedures
regarding
maintenance,
troubleshooting,
and repair of
equipment.
9.2 Explain how to
perform preventive
maintenance on
equipment:
Explain activity 9.1-9.6. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
Develop a
preventive
maintenance
program for
a given piece
of
equipment.
Demonstrate
the
inspection
and
adjustments
Guide the students to
carry out the activity.
Trouble tool and
equipments.
![Page 192: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
192
• Developing a
preventive
maintenance
program for a
given piece of
equipment.
• Inspection and
adjustments of
necessary part
of the
equipment e.g
belts, chains,
and other
moving parts.
• Lubricating a
machine
following
manufacturer’s
recommendatio
ns.
9.3 Explain the how to
troubleshoot and
repair an
equipment.
9.4 List the lockout-
tagout (LOTO)
procedures for
broken equipment.
9.5 Explain the
Development of
preventive
maintenance
of necessary
part of the
equipment
e.g. belts,
chains, and
other moving
parts.
Demonstrate
the
lubricating of
a machine
following
manufacturer
’s
recommendat
ions.
Perform
preventive
maintenance
on an electric
motor
Demonstrate
how to
performing
lockout-
tagout
(LOTO)
procedures
for broken
equipment.
![Page 193: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
193
program
9.6 Explain
Troubleshooting
and troubleshooting
Analysis
General Objective 10: Understanding Corrective Maintenance
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
14-15
10.1Explain Corrective
Maintenance
10.2 Explain the repair of
malfunction
Equipment using
corrective
maintenance
10.3 Explain the task
requirements for
corrective
maintenance.
10.4 Explain equipment
monitoring after
repairs
10.5 List the Procedures
for releasing
equipment for return
to service
10.6 Explain post
recovery Root Cause
Analysis.
Explain activity 10.1-10.6. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
- - -
![Page 194: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
194
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL COMMUNICATIONS.
COURSE CODE: MCI 412
DURATION: 60 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 4.0
Subject: INDUSTRIAL
COMMUNICATION.
Semester: Third
Code: MCI 412
Pre-requisite: SIGNALS AND
SYSTEMS
Total Hours: 4 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2Hours/Week
General Aim: This course is designed to Equip students with the knowledge and skills of implementing various industrial networks.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand basic concept of communication
2 Understand Communication System Requirements
3 Understand Industrial Network Control Bus and Network Standards
4 Understand Industrial Network Physical Layer Characterization
5 Understand Industrial Network, Physical and Data Link Layer Control Area Network (CAN)
6 Understand the concept of Ethernet, Physical and Data Link layer
7 Understand the concept of Local area networks (LANs)
8 Understand the concept of Industrial Communication Network Applications and Security.
![Page 195: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
195
INDUSTRIAL COMMUNICATIONS.
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (INDUSTRIAL OPTIONS)
COURSE: INDUSTRIAL COMMUNICATIONS. COURSE CODE: MCI 412 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-2
Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective 1.0: Understand basic concept of communication
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-2
1.1 Explain the basic
concepts of
communication.
1.2 Explain the
structure
communication
system.
1.3 Explain
communication
channel and
channel
characteristics.
1.4 Explain the
electromagnetic
spectrum.
1.5 Explain the
concept of
frequency, wave
length and band
width.
1.6 Explain the basic
concept of signal
transmission and
Explain 1.1 – 1.6.
White board.
Marker.
Projector
Demonstrate basic
analog and digital
signals using the signal
generator and
oscilloscope.
Demonstrate generation
and reception of ;
AM signals
FM signals
Demonstrate the
operation of transmitters
and receivers.
Guide students through
the Laboratory work.
Signal
Generator
Oscilloscope
AM Transmitter
and receivers
FM transmitter
and receivers.
![Page 196: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
196
reception:
Modulation
Demodulation
Transmitters
Receivers.
General Objective: 2.0: Understand Communication System Requirements
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
3-5
2.1 Explain the concept
and data
communication.
2.2 Explain data
communication
codes and formats.
2.3 Explain
synchronous and
asynchronous
systems.
3.4 Explain data rates,
serial and parallel
communication.
2.5 Explain network
devices:
Network
interface card
Repeater
Bridge
Explain 2.1 – 2.8.
White board.
Marker.
Projector
Identify different types
of network devices:
network interface
card,
repeater bridge,
routers,
Gateway switches
etc.
Identify the following
network devices;
• Repeater
• Hub
• Switch
• Bridge
• Router • Gate Way
Demonstrate serial
communication ports
and protocols.
Demonstrate parallel
communication; pc to pc
Guide student to carry
out the activities.
network
interface card,
repeater bridge,
routers,
Gateway
switches
Hub
Gateway
RS-232
Computers
.
![Page 197: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
197
Routers
Gateway
switches etc.
2.6 Explain open
system
interconnection
(OSI reference).
2.7 Explain types of
networking cables.
2.8 Explain the basic
concept of network
Protocol and
Standards.
communication using
parallel port.
Demonstrate wireless
communication using the
RS-232 ports of two
computers applying IR
transmitter and receiver
to transmit data from one
computer and receive the
same data on the other
computer.
General Objective: 3.0: Understand Industrial Network Control Bus and Network Standards
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
6-7
3.1 Explain the
hierarchy of
industrial networks
3.2 Describe the
functions of
industrial networks.
3.3. Describe the
network topologies
typically used for
industrial
communications:
Internet
Protocol (IP)
Transmission
Explain 3.1 – 3.7.
White board.
Marker.
Projector
- - -
![Page 198: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
198
Control
Protocol (TCP)
User Datagram
Protocol (UDP)
3.4. Explain the
operation of various
industrial
communication
topologies.
3.5. Explain the types
of hardware used to
transmit data
communication
signals and power.
3.6. Explain the
function of Hubs,
Switches, Bridges
and Gateways used
as industrial
communication
backbone devices.
3.7. Explain the
following industrial
protocols;
Modbus
HART
Profibus-DP
Profibus-PA
![Page 199: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
199
Profibus-FMS
ProfiNet
Foundation
Fieldbus
DeviceNet
ControlNet
Ethernet/IP.
General Objective 4.0: Understand Physical layer characterization
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
8
4.1 Describe the
Physical Layer
Interfaces.
4.2 State the physical
characteristics of:
EIA/TIA
RS 232
RS 442
RS 485
20 ma Current
Loop.
4.3 Explain systems
interface design
requirements.
4.4 Explain wiring
requirements:
Signal strength
Voltage levels
Explain 4.1 - 4.4. Marker
whiteboard
Projector
Identify the various
interfaces:
EIA/TIA
RS 232,
RS 442,
RS 485,
20 ma Current
Loop
Guide the student to
identify various
network interfaces.
EIA/TIA
RS 232
RS 442
RS 485
20 ma Current
Loop
![Page 200: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
200
Configuration
type
Noise rejection
Fail safe mode
Data rate
Signal
Attenuation
Slew rate
General Objective 5.0: Understand Industrial Network, Physical and Data Link Layer Control Area Network (CAN)
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
9-10
5.1 State the physical
characteristics of
the CAN and
CANopen
5.2 Explain balanced
and unbalanced
systems interface
5.3 Explain the wiring
requirements of;
Signal strength
voltage levels
configuration
type
Noise rejection
techniques.
Fail safe mode.
5.4 Explain the
principle of
encapsulating field
Explain 5.1 - 5.5. Marker
whiteboard
Projector
Demonstrate the
Interconnections of
Cables for Data
Communication.
Guide the students on
how to perform the
laboratory works on
interconnections of
Cables for Data
Communication.
Data
communication
cables and
connectors.
![Page 201: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
201
bus data frames into
network packets
5.5 Explain the
Profibus and Device
net standards.
General Objective: 6.0: Understand Ethernet Physical and Data Link layer
Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
11-12
6.1 State the physical
characteristics for
Ethernet and
Arcnet.
6.1 Explain the
communication
protocols of
Ethernet and
Arcnet.
6.2 Describe the
following
requirement for
Ethernet and
Arcnet:
Interface
requirements.
Signal levels.
Voltage levels.
Configuration
type.
Noise rejection.
6.3 Explain power over
Ethernet (PoE)
Explain 6.1 - 6.5. Marker
whiteboard
Projector
Carry out experiment to
implement the cross-
wired cable and straight
through cable using
clamping tool.
Guide student to carry
out the experiment.
Network cables
Connectors
Clamping tool.
![Page 202: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
202
requirements for
Ethernet and
Arcnet.
6.4 Explain the
principle of
encapsulating field
bus data frames into
network packets
6.5 Analyze the
following
standards:
BACnet,
ControlNet,
High Speed
Ethernet (HSE)
Integrate (H1)
20m Amp Loop.
Field Bus.
General Objective: 7.0 Understand Local Area Networks
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
13-14
7.1 Explain the basic
concept of Local
Area Networks
(LANs).
7.2 Describe the
conventional LAN
Architectures.
7.3 Explain the Carrier
Sense Multiple
Access/Collision
Explain 7.1 - 7.11. Marker
whiteboard
Projector
Demonstrate by
experiment the
Router/Firewall
Configuration
Demonstrate how to
configure a wireless
Guide the student to
carry out the
experiment.
Hubs
L2/L3 switch
Routers
![Page 203: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
203
Detection
(CSMA/CD) and
Token Passing
Access Protocols.
7.4 Describe network
Interconnecting
devices: Hubs, L2
/L3 Switches.
7.5 Explain the IEEE
802 MAC layer
standards:
802.3.
802.11.
802.15.
7.6 Describe the
Switched Ethernet
variants:
Fast Ethernet
Gigabit Ethernet
10 GB Ethernet
7.7 Explain the
concept of Wireless
LANs: 802.11.
7.8 Explain the wireless
LANs Access
methods.
7.9 Describe WLAN
Managed Variants:
802.11 a/ b/ g/ n.
LAN in infrastructure
mode and ad-hoc mode.
Demonstrate how to
configure hub/switch.
![Page 204: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
204
7.10 Describe the
Wireless
interconnection
devices: Hub,
Router etc.
7.11 Explain the
Bluetooth (802.15)
wireless personal
area network.
General Objective: 8.0: Understand Industrial Communication Network Applications and Security.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
15
8.1Explain the
requirements for the
following
applications of
control networks:
Automotive
Industrial floor
Security.
8.2Explain rate
challenges in the
multiplexed
networks for
embedded systems;
multiple fieldbus
connectivity
overall control
Internetworking
Explain 8.1 - 8.4. Marker
whiteboard
Projector
-
-
-
![Page 205: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
205
8.3Explain Plant
Network Design
and Networking
Field Instruments
8.4 Explain Network
security:
Firewalls
Network Address
Translation (NAT)
Virtual Local Area
Networks (VLAN)
Virtual Private
Networks (VPNs)
Proxy servers
Wireless security.
![Page 206: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
206
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS I (PLC)
COURSE CODE: MCI 413
DURATION: 45 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 1 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Course Title: INDUSTRIAL
CONTROLS I (PLC)
Semester: Third
Code: MCE 413
Pre-Requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical : 2Hours/Week
Practical: 1 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to enable student acquire knowledge and skills in PLC programming.
General Objectives
On the completion of this module students should be able to:
1 Understand the basics of PLC automation
2 Know types of sensors, actuators, their outputs and applications in PLC projects
3 Understand fundamentals of PLC programming using Simulation Software
4 Understand timers, counters and MCRs using PLC Simulation Software
5 Understand PLC installation and maintenance
6 Understand Serial communication.
![Page 207: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
207
PLC PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: PLC Programming and Applications Course Code: MCE 413 Contact Hours: 2 – 0 - 1
Course Specification: Theoretical Content: PRACTICAL
CONTENTS
Week
General Objective 1.0: Understand the basics of PLC automations
Specific Learning
outcomes
Teacher activities Resources Specific Learning
outcomes
Teacher
activities
Resources
1– 3
1.1 Define PLC
1.2 Explain the evolution of
PLCs
1.2 State the hardware
components, modules,
sizes and types of PLC
1.3 Explain the operations
of PLC
1.4 Differentiate between
PLCs and Relay Control
system
1.5 State advantages of PLC
automations
1.6 List various applications
of PLC automations
1.7 Explain factors affecting
selection of PLC for a
project/design
Explain 1.1 - 1.7. White board
Charts
Products
catalogues
Projector
Identify PLC
hardware and
automation
devices/items
Undertake industrial
visit to survey why
PLC is been used and
investigate their
challenges.
Guide students
to carry out the
activity.
PLC hardware
and software
modules.
General Objectives 2.0: Know types of sensors, actuators, their outputs and applications in PLC projects
4-5
2.1 Explain PLC logical
sensors
2.2 State types of PLC
actuators
2.3 Explain PLC wiring,
sinking and sourcing.
2.4 Explain the applications
of logical sensors and
Explain 2.1 - 2.4. White board
Charts
Products
catalogues
Projector
Identify input
sensors, output
actuators and other
peripheral modules
used in PLC
automations
Guide students
on the
activities
PLC Hardware
modules.
Actuators
Sensors
![Page 208: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
208
actuators in PLC
operation.
Demonstrate PLC
wiring
General Objectives 3.0: Understand fundamentals of PLC programming using Simulation Software
6-7
3.1 Explain the basic
concepts of PLC
programming.
3.2 Explain PLC
Numbering System
3.3 State various PLC
programming languages
such as LAD, STL,
FBD, etc.
3.4 Explain the principle
and syntax of the
languages stated in 3.3
above.
3.5 Write simple PLC
instructions in LAD with
NO, NC, Coil, and
Latching.
Explain 3.1 - 3.5. White board
Charts
Products
catalogues
Projector
Demonstrate PLC
programming skills
using FX trainer or
RSLogix simulation
software or related
trainer.
Guide
students on
the activities
Computer.
FX Trainer
software.
RSLogix
Trainer
software.
General Objectives 4.0: Understand timers, counters and MCRs using PLC Simulation Software
8-10
4.1 Explain timer
instructions:
ON DELAY timer
OFF DELAY timer
Retentive timer
Cascading timer
4.2 Explain Counter
instructions:
Up/Down counters
cascading counters
incremental
encoder-counters
4.3 Explain the conversion
of LAD instructions to
other programs
Explain 4.1 - 4.5.
White board
Charts
Products
catalogues
Projector
Demonstrate PLC
programming skills
using FX trainer or
RSLogix simulation
software.
Guide
students on
the activities
Computer.
FX Trainer
software.
RSLogix
Trainer
software.
![Page 209: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
209
4.4 Explain branching and
looping instructions:
MCRs, JSR and JMP.
4 .5 Explain force
instructions for I/O
address
General Objectives 5.0: Understand PLC installation and maintenance
11-14
5.1 List safety precautions
for a PLC system
5.2 Explain preventive
maintenance techniques
for a PLC system.
5.3 Explain grounding
techniques and sources
of electrical interference.
5.4 Explain I/O installation
techniques
5.5Explain field check-out
and troubleshooting of
PLCs.
Explain 5.1 - 5.5.
White board
Charts
Products
catalogues
Projector
Identify hazards and
risks involve in PLC
installation and
maintenance
Carry out installation
of PLC system.
Carry out
maintenance of PLC
system.
Guide
students to
carry out the
activity.
Computer
PLC Trainer.
General Objectives 6.0: Understand serial communication.
12 6.1 Explain PLC data
communication
6.2 Explain serial and
parallel communications.
Explain 6.1 - 6.2.
White board
Charts
Products
catalogues
Projector
Demonstrate the use
of RS 232 cable for
data communication.
Guide the
students to
carry out the
activity.
PC/Laptop
computer.
RS232 cable
PLC system.
![Page 210: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
210
PROGRAMME: Mechatronics Engineering Technology: Higher National Diploma (HND)
COURSE TITLE: AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY I
COURSE: MCA411
DURATION: 45 Hours (2Hours Lecture, 1 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY
Semester: THIRD
Code: MCA 411
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to acquaint the student with the knowledge of the construction and working principle of various parts of an
automotive as well as skills in assembling and dismantling of engine parts and transmission system
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand vehicle structure and engines
2 Understand.engine auxiliary systems
3 Understand transmission systems
4 Understand steering, brakes and suspension systems
5 Understand alternative energy sources
![Page 211: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
211
AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY I
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
COURSE: AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY I COURSE CODE: MCA 411 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-1Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand vehicle structure and engines
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-2
1.1Explain vehicle
structures
1.2 State types of
automotives
1.3 Explain the
different types of
automotives.
1.4 Describe vehicle
construction and
different layouts.
1.5 Describe chassis,
frame and body with
diagrams and
examples.
1.6 Explain vehicle
aerodynamics with
various resistances
and moments
involved.
1.7 Describe IC
Explain 1.1 - 1.8 Textbooks, Marker Board, Marker, Projector, PCs and Charts.
Identify different types
of automotives.
Identify different types
of vehicle construction
and layouts.
Identify vehicle chassis,
frames and body.
Identify different types
of IC Engines.
Carryout variable valve
timing (VVT)
.
Guide the students to
identify all the
components.
Guide the students in
performing variable
valve timing (VVT).
Live modern
vehicles.
Complete tool
box.
Service
pit/RAM, etc.
![Page 212: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
212
engines with
emphasis on the
components, its
functions and
materials.
1.8 Explain variable
valve timing (VVT)
with examples.
General Objective 2.0:Understand engine auxiliary systems
3-5
2.1 Describe
electronically
controlled gasoline
injection system for SI
engines,
2.2 Describe
electronically
controlled diesel
injection system with
emphasis on:
- unit injector system,
- rotary distributor
type and
- common rail direct
injection system,
2.3 Describe electronic
ignition system with
emphasis on:
- transistorized coil
ignition system,
- capacitive discharge
ignition system.
2.4 Explain turbo
chargers (WGT, VGT)
Explain 2.1 - 2.5 Textbooks, Marker Board, Marker, Projector, PCs and Charts.
Identify the following:
- electronically
controlled gasoline
injection system for SI
engines,
- electronically
controlled diesel
injection system with
emphasis on unit
injector system, rotary
distributor type and
common rail direct
injection system,
- electronic ignition
system with emphasis
on transistorized coil
ignition system,
capacitive discharge
ignition system.
- turbo chargers (WGT,
VGT).
-engine emission control
by three way catalytic
Guide the students to
identify all the
components.
Practical Training in
dismantling and
assembling of Engine
parts and Transmission
Systems
should be given to the
students.
Live modern
vehicles.
Complete tool
box.
Service
pit/RAM, etc.
![Page 213: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
213
and its functions.
2.5 Explain engine
emission control by
three way catalytic
converter system,
Emission norms (Euro
and BS).
converter system.
General Objective 3.0: Understand transmission systems
6-9
3.1 Describe clutch
with emphasis on its
types and construction,
3.2 Explain gear boxes
with emphasis on:
manual and automatic
and gear shift
mechanisms,
3.3 Describe the
following: - over
drive,
- transfer box,
- fluid flywheel,
- torque converter,
3.4 Explain propeller
shaft, slip joints and
universal joints
3.5 Describe
differential and rear
axle,
3.6 Explain Hotchkiss
Drive and Torque
Tube Drive.
Explain 3.1 - 3.5 Textbooks, Marker Board, Marker, Projector, PCs and Charts.
Identify the following:
- clutch with emphasis
on its types and
construction,
- gear boxes with
emphasis on: manual
and automatic and gear
shift mechanisms,
- over drive
- transfer box,
- fluid flywheel,
- torque converter,
- propeller shaft, slip
joints and universal
joints
- differential and rear
axle,
- Hotchkiss Drive and
Torque Tube Drive.
Guide the students to
identify all the
components.
Practical Training in
dismantling and
assembling of Engine
parts and Transmission
Systems
should be given to the
students.
Live modern
vehicles.
Complete tool
box.
Service pit/RAM,
etc.
![Page 214: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
214
General Objective 4.0: Understand steering, brakes and suspension systems
10-13
4.1 Describe steering
geometry and types of
steering gear box with
emphasis on power
steering,
4.2 List types of front
axle.
4.3 Explain the
features and functions
of front axle.
4.4 List types of
suspension systems.
4.5 Explain the
features and functions
of suspension systems.
4.6 Describe the
principle of operation
of pneumatic and
hydraulic braking
systems,
4.7 Explain Antilock
Braking System
(ABS),
4.8 Describe electronic
brake force
distribution (EBD) and
Traction Control.
Explain 4.1 - 4.5 Textbooks, Marker Board, Marker, Projector, PCs and Charts.
Identify the following:
- steering geometry and
types of steering gear
box with emphasis on
power steering,
-front axle.
- suspension systems.
- pneumatic and
hydraulic braking
systems,
- Antilock Braking
System (ABS),
- electronic brake force
distribution (EBD) and
Traction Control.
Guide the students to
identify all the
components.
Practical Training in
dismantling and
assembling of Engine
parts and Transmission
Systems
should be given to the
students.
Live modern
vehicles.
Complete tool
box.
Service pit/RAM,
etc.
General Objective 5.0: Understand alternative energy sources
![Page 215: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
215
14-15
5.1 Explain the need
for the use of Natural
Gas, Liquefied
Petroleum Gas, Bio-
diesel, Bio-ethanol,
Gasohol and
Hydrogen in
Automotives with
emphasis on:
- Engine modifications
required and
–Performance,
5.2 Describe the
Combustion
and Emission
Characteristics of SI
and CI engines with
these alternate fuels
with emphasis on:
– Electric and Hybrid
Vehicles,
- Fuel Cells.
Explain 5.1 - 5.2 Textbooks, Marker Board, Marker, Projector, PCs and Charts.
Identify modern
vehicles that use
alternative fuels.
Identify the Combustion
and Emission
Characteristics of SI and
CI engines with these
alternate fuels with
emphasis on:
– Electric and Hybrid
Vehicles,
Guide the students to
identify all the
components.
Practical Training in
dismantling and
assembling of Engine
parts and Transmission
Systems
should be given to the
students.
Live modern
vehicles.
Complete tool
box.
Service pit/RAM,
etc.
![Page 216: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
216
![Page 217: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
217
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS AND MAINTENANCE
COURSE: MCA 412
DURATION: 45 Hours (1Hours Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS AND
MAINTENANCE
Semester: THIRD SEMESTER
Code: MCA 412
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: The course is designed to equip students with the knowledge and skills of diagnostics techniques in maintenance of vehicles
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Vehicle Diagnostic Techniques.
2 Understand diagnostic tools and workshop equipment.
3 Understand vehicle wiring systems and their codes.
4 Understand emission and fuel economy in diesel and petrol engines.
![Page 218: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
218
VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS AND MAINTENANCE
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING
COURSE: VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE CODE: MCA 412 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-2Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand Vehicle Diagnostic Techniques.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1 - 3
1.1 Explain the
diagnostic procedure
using the six stage
process.
1.2 Explain Fault
Identification, Tracing
and Repair.
1.3 Explain diagnostic
chart.
1.4 Explain the
operation and
application of on
board diagnostic
system (OBD).
Explain 1.1 – 1.4 Textbook, Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector, Diagnostic chart and flow chart etc.
Demonstrate diagnostic
procedure on petrol and
diesel vehicles
Troubleshoot petrol and
diesel vehicles using
scanner.
Demonstrate using
trainer to initiate fault
and monitor the
behaviour.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
Tester apparatus
Scanner
Automotive
Trainer
General Objective 2.0: Understand the basic concepts of Diagnostic tools and workshop equipment.
4 – 8
2.1 Identify diagnostic
tools and equipment.
2.2 State the functions
of diagnostic tools and
workshop equipment.
2.3 Describe
Explain 2.1 – 2.5
Textbook, White Marker Board, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector, Charts etc.
Identify various
diagnostics and basic
components.
Demonstrate how to use
vehicle diagnostic tool
menu.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
Oscilloscope
Analyzer,
EML platforms,
Diagnostic
scanner
CAT III meter.
.
![Page 219: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
219
diagnostic techniques.
2.4 Explain diagnosing
of fuel control system
fault.
2.5 Explain vehicle
diagnostics subsystem:
Power train,
Body chassis and
Communication.
Conduct experiment to
determine the use of
oscilloscope for
(exhaust and intake)
manifold analysis.
Conduct experiment to
determine the use of
multiple equipment for
fault finding.
Conduct practical with
do it yourself (DIY) and
professional scanning
tools.
General Objective 3.0: Understand vehicle wiring system and their codes.
9-12
3.1 Explain vehicle
electrical system.
3.2 Explain the
concept of vehicle
electronic systems.
3.3 Explain vehicle
wiring codes and
their functions.
3.4 Explain the
concept of
Instrumentation
and Display
systems
3.5 Explain the
Signals, Wipers
and Lighting.
3.6 List vehicle
antitheft system
3.7 Describe different
antitheft devices:
Sensors
Explain 3.1 – 3.8 Textbook, White Marker Board, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector, Charts etc.
Identify electrical wiring
harness.
Perform experiment to
install alarm devices and
antitheft system.
Digital multi-
meter
Tester
Alarm device
Antitheft device
Vehicle tracking
device.
Trainer.
![Page 220: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
220
Warning devices
Immobilizing
devices
Tracking devices
3.8 Explain vehicle
safety systems:
• Body
• Electrics
• Control
General Objective 4.0: Understand emission and fuel economy in diesel and petrol engines.
13-15
4.1 Explain electronic
control strategy of fuel
systems.
4.2 Explain electronic
control strategy of
ignition systems.
4.3 List sensors,
actuators and other
components for
emission systems.
4.4 Explain the
sources of excessive
vehicle emission and
monitoring category.
Explain 4.1 – 4.4 Textbook, White Marker Board, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector, Charts etc.
Perform experiment to
determine vehicle
emission.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
Petrol engine
Diesel engine
Emission
analyzer,
Vacuum gauge
Sensors and
actuators etc.
![Page 221: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
221
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: AUTOMOTIVE NETWORKING
COURSE CODE: MCA 413
DURATION: 30 Hours (1 Hour Lectures, 1 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: AUTOMOTIVE NETWORKING
Semester: Third
Code: MCI 413
Pre-requisite: SIGNALS AND
SYSTEMS
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 1 Hours/Week
General Aim: This course is designed to equip students with the knowledge and skill of implementing automotive networks.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Data Communication Networking and Automotive Communication Protocols
2 Understand Controller Area Network (CAN) Protocol
3 Understand CAN Higher Layer Protocols and LIN
4 Understand FlexRay and Media Oriented System Transport (MOST)
5 Understand Vehicle Network Diagnostics
![Page 222: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
222
AUTOMOTIVE NETWORKING
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (AUTOMOTIVE OPTION)
COURSE: AUTOMOTIVE NETWORKING COURSE CODE: MCA 413 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-1 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective 1.0: Understand Data Communication Networks and Automotive Communication Protocols
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1 - 3
1.1 Explain networks
and network standards.
1.2 Explain network
topologies.
1.3 Explain Error
detection and
correction mechanisms.
1.4 Explain encoding
schemes.
1.5 Explain the
following;
Serial/parallel
transmission
Bits, baud and
bandwidth
Synchronous and
asynchronous.
1.6 Explain the
intelligent vehicle
network (IVN)
concept.
1.7 List the Classes of
IVN protocols
1.8 Explain the Need
and benefits of IVN
1.9 Explain the
following:
Multiplexed electrical
Explain 1.1 – 1.9 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks, etc.
- - -
![Page 223: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
223
systems
Vehicle
multiplexing
Bitwise contention
Network elasticity.
General Objective: 2.0: Understand Controller Area Network (CAN) Protocol
4 - 6
2.1 Explain the concept
of CAN:
History
foundation
Applications
Characteristics.
2.2 Explain CAN in OSI
Reference Model and
CAN Data Link Layer
2.3 Explain the
Principles of data
exchange in CAN:
Arbitration
Data Frame
Remote Frame
2.4 Explain Error
detection and
management in CAN.
2.5 Explain the
following in CAN:
physical Layer
Bit encoding
Bit timing
Synchronization
2.6 Explain the
relationship between:
data rate and
bus length,
Single wire and
twin wire
Explain 2.1 – 2.8
Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
components
- - -.
![Page 224: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
224
media.
2.6 Explain the
following in CAN:
repeaters
Medium-to-
medium
gateway
Protocol
handlers
Micro-
controllers
line drivers.
2.7 Explain Time
Triggered CAN
(TICAN)
2.8 Compare CAN with
IVN protocols.
General Objective: 3.0: Understand CAN Higher Layer Protocols and LIN
7-9
3.1 Explain CAN
Higher Layer Protocol
concepts.
3.2 Explain the concept
CAN in Automation.
3.3 Explain the
following:
CANopen
CANopen
device model
CANopen
features.
3.4 Explain the concept
Explain 3.1 – 3.7 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
- -
-
![Page 225: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
225
of DeviceNet:
DeviceNet
Model
Device Object
Model
DeviceNet
Features.
3.5 Explain the Local
Interconnect Network
(LIN) Protocol;
LIN consortium,
LIN specification,
LIN features,
Technical
overview,
Work flow concept
LIN operation,
LIN frame format
Scheduling table
Network
management of
LIN cluster
LIN Transport
Layer
LIN node
configuration and
identification
LIN diagnostics
LIN physical layer
![Page 226: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
226
3.7 Compare LIN with
other IVN protocols
General Objective 4.0:Understand FlexRay and Media Oriented System Transport (MOST)
10 - 12
4.1 Explain the basic
concepts of
FlexRay based on:
board systems
Need
Origin
Consortium
Objectives
Features
Network topology
Components
Applications
4.2 Explain the
electronics control
unit (ECU):
architecture,
Segment
Configuration
Communication
Cycles.
4.3 Explain FlexRay
frame format,
Timing of
configuration
protocol and Error
control.
4.4 Explain FlexRay
Explain 4.1 – 4.7
Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
- - -
![Page 227: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
227
core mechanisms:
Coding and
Decoding,
Medium
Access Control,
Frame and Symbol
Processing,
Clock
Synchronization
4.5 Compare FlexRay
with other IVN
protocols.
4.6 Explain Oriented
System Transport
(MOST) Protocol
based on:
Introduction
Features
Cables
Connectors
Data Types
Topology
Frame Format
Application Areas
4.7 Explain MOST
System Description
based on;
Specification,
![Page 228: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
228
Device Model
Device
Implementation
Diagnostics
General Objective 5.0: Understand Vehicle Network Diagnostics
13 - 15
5.1 Explain the concept
of vehicle network
diagnostics.
5.2 List different fault
codes.
5.3Describe the process
of vehicle network
fault diagnostics.
5.4 Explain Vehicle
Systems:
open-loop and
closed-loop
On-and-Off Board
Diagnostics
OBD-1
OBD-11
Engine Analyzers
5.5 Explain diagnostics
protocol-KWP2000,
SAE-J1587 and SAE-
J1708.
Explain 5.1 – 5.5 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks, Components
Demonstrate how to
use diagnostic
equipment to read
and clear different
fault codes.
Guide student to carry
out practical exercise
Live vehicle
Scanner
![Page 229: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
229
Fourth Semester Courses
![Page 230: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
230
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: STATISTICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
COURSE CODE: MTH 422
DURATION: 30 Hours ( 2 Hour Lecture, 0 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: STATISTICAL METHODS IN
ENGINEERING
Semester: FIRST
Code: MTH422
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
Goal:
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the basic concept of probability distributions and apply in solving engineering problems.
2 Understand the principle of reliability.
3 Understand Basic statistical experimental designs.
![Page 231: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
231
STATISTICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
PROGRAMME: HND IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: STATISTICAL METHODS IN
ENGINEERING
Course Code: MTH 422 Contact Hours2-0-0HRS/WK
Theoretical Content Practical Content
General Objective: 1.0 Understand the basic concept of probability distributions and apply in solving engineering
problems
Week Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers activities Resources Specific
Learning
Outcomes
Teachers
activities
Resources
1-3
1.1 Define a
Binomial
distribution
1.2 Explain the
characteristics of
Binomial
distribution
1.3 Apply Binomial
distribution to
samples with
replacement
1.4 Apply Binomial
distribution to
solve engineering
problems
1.5 Define the
Normal
Distribution
1.6 Explain the
characteristics of
normal distribution
1.7 Describe
normal distribution
curve and the
empirical rule
• The teacher to
illustrate with good
examples and make
notes where
necessary
• Ask the students
to:
i. define Binomial
distribution, explain
its
characteristics and
apply it
to samples with
replacement, and to
solve engineering
problems.
ii. Define normal
distribution,
explain its
characteristics
and describe
normal
distribution curve
and the
empirical rule
• Assess the
• Recommended
textbook,
chalkboard, chalk,
lecture notes, etc
![Page 232: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
232
students
1.8 Calculate
probability given
the
mean and the
standard deviation
1.9 Calculate the
deviation Z given
the mean, standard
deviation, and a
particular
observation
1.10 Calculate the
area under the
curve at different
points from either
side of the mean
1.11 Apply normal
distribution curve
to simple
engineering
problems
1.12 Define
Poisson’s
distribution
1.13 Explain the
characteristics of
Poisson distribution
1.14 Explain the
quality control
techniques in
production process
• Ask the students
to:
i. calculate
probability given
the mean and
standard
deviation
ii. calculate the
deviation Z
given the mean,
standard
deviation, and a
particular
observation
iii. calculate the
area under
the curve at
different points
from either side of
the mean
and also apply
normal
distribution curve
to simple
engineering
problems
• Assess the
students
1.15 Explain
acceptance
sampling
as applied to mass
production
• Ask the students
to:
i. define Poisson
distribution,
explain it
![Page 233: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
233
1.16 Test for
equality of means
of
given population
using t-test
1.17 Test for
equality of
variances
using the F-test
1.18 Apply the chi-
square test in
statistical quality
control
characteristics,
and explain the
quality
control techniques
in
production process
ii. explain
acceptance
sampling as applied
to mass
production
• Assess the
students
General Objective 2.0: Understand the principle of reliability
8-10
2.1 Distinguish
between validity
and
reliability
2.2 List types of
reliability testing
2.3 State the
procedures for
determining test-
retest reliability
2.4 Apply test -
retest reliability to
samples
2.5 State the
procedures for
determining split
half reliability
2.6 Determine the
reliability
coefficient
2.7 Determine the
acceptance level
i. Ask the students
to:
ii. distinguish
between validity
and reliability
and list types of
reliability testing
iii. state the
procedures for
determining
testretest
reliability and apply
it to samples
iv. state the
procedures for
determining split
half reliability,
determine the
reliability
coefficient and
acceptance level of
reliability
• Recommended
textbooks,
Chalkboard, Chalk,
Lecture note, etc.
![Page 234: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
234
of reliability
2.8 Determine the
standard error of
Measurement
𝑆𝐸𝑀 =𝑆𝐷
√(1 − 𝑟)
where
SD = standard
deviation
r = error
𝑆𝐸𝑀 = standard
Error
• Assess the
students
General Objective: 3.0 Understand Basic statistical experimental designs
12-15
3.1 Describe
various
experimental
designs e.g
complete
randomized
block design,
randomized
complete
block design, split
squares, Graeco
Latin squares
3.2 List examples
of when any of 3.1
above can be used
3.3 Enumerate the
advantages and
disadvantages of
using the various
designs in 3.1
above
• Ask the students
to:
i. describe various
experimental
designs as
indicated in 3.1 and
list
examples of when
any of the
designs can be used
ii. enumerate the
advantages and
disadvantages of
using the
various designs
indicated in
3.1 above
• Assess the
students
• Recommended
textbooks,
chalkboard, chalk
lecturer notes etc
![Page 235: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
235
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: QUALITY ASSURANCE
COURSE CODE: MCE 421
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hours Lecture, 0 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: QUALITY ASSURANCE
Semester: FOURTH
Code: MCE 421
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to equip the students with knowledge of quality and reliability of products.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand quality assurance and capacity Index
2 Understand statistical process control.
3 Understand problem solving tools.
4 Understand certification process.
5 Know value engineering
6 Understand Reliability improvement
![Page 236: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
236
QUALITY ASSURANCE
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: QUALITY ASSURANCE COURSE CODE: MCE 421 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-
0Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand quality assurance and capacity Index.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-3
1.1 Define quality
assurance.
1.2 Explain
components of
quality assurance
1.3 Explain Customer
need – conformity
and reliability
1.4 Explain Internal
need - cost and time
compression
1.5 Explain concurrent
engineering
1.6 Explain Variability
studies of the
environments
1.7 Explain capability
index - CP&CPK.
Explain 1.1 – 1.7 Textbook, White Marker Board, Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector etc.
- -
-
General Objective 2.0: Understand Statistical Process Control.
![Page 237: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
237
4-5
2.1 Explain Sampling
techniques.
2.2 Explain Variables;
producing mean
and range charts
2.3 Explain attributes;
producing number
and percentage
defective charts.
Explain 2.1 - 2.3 Textbook, White Marker Board, Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector etc.
- - -
General Objective 3.0: Understand Problem Solving.
6-7
3.1 Explain
Pereto analysis.
3.2 Explain Fishbone
diagrams and
brainstorming.
3.3 Explain Correlation
& measles charts.
Explain 3.1 – 3.3 Textbook, White Marker Board, Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector etc.
- -
-
General Objective 4.0: Understand certification process.
8 -9
4.1 Explain ISO 9000
4.2 Explain Vendor
assessment
4.3 Explain CE
Certification
Explain 4.1- 4.3 Textbook, White Marker Board, Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector etc.
- -
-
General Objective 5.0: Know Value Engineering
5.1 Explain Functional
analysis.
Explain 5.1- 5.3
Textbook, White Marker Board, Marker,
- -
-
![Page 238: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
238
10-12
5.2 Explain Cost
analysis.
5.3 Explain
Comparison matrix &
idea development.
Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector etc.
General Objective 6.0: Understand Reliability improvement.
13-15
6.1 Explain Simple
reliability concepts.
6.2 Explain Fault Tree
Analysis.
6.3 Explain Failure
mode analysis -FMEA
& FMECA.
Explain 6.1 – 6.3 Textbook, White Marker Board, Marker, Related videos, Lecture notes, Projector etc.
- -
-
![Page 239: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
239
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
COURSE CODE: MCE 422
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
Semester: FIRST
Code: MCE 422
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0 Hours/Week
General Aim: This course is intended to introduce the basics and important concepts of production management to the students. It is
designed to equip students’ with the fundamentals of materials, product and process management, as it is presently being practiced in
the industry.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the concept of operation management.
2 Understand the principles of plant location and layout.
3 Understand the principles of production planning and control.
4 Understand the principles of material handling.
5 Understand the concept of productivity.
6 Understand the principle of work study.
7 Understand the concept of material management
8 Understand the process of industrial waste management
9 Understand the principles of maintenance management
10 Understand quality control procedures in manufacturing.
11 Understand the basic principles of automation and its application
12 Understand the various workplace hazards and appropriate personal protective devices.
![Page 240: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
240
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: MCE 422 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-
0Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION: THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand the concept of operations management.
Week Specific Learning
Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-2
1.1 Define Production
Management.
1.2 Explain the
different types of
production
systems.
1.3 Define the
components of a
production
system.
1.4 Enumerate the
various
manufacturing
support systems.
1.5 Describe the
classification of
production system.
- Job Shop Production
- Batch Production
- Mass Production
- Continuous
Production
• Describe production
management as a
concept.
• Discuss the
production system and
its components.
• Enumerate the
manufacturing support
systems.
• Classify the
production systems.
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Visit a local machine to
get the following
information.
1. Identify the type of
production system
followed.
2. Check how
production system is
managed.
3. Find out utilization of
the resources namely
manpower, capacity and
material.
4. Find out how the
customer services is
rendered [feedback
system exist or not]
Take the students on
industrial visit.
General Objective 2.0: Understand the principles of plant location and layout.
2.1 Understand the
principles of plant
layout.
2.2 Identify factors
influencing plant
• Explain plant layout
location and
influencing factors.
• Enumerate factors
influencing plant
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. The locational factors
Take the students on
industrial visit.
![Page 241: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
241
3
layout.
2.3 Understand how to
select a justifiable
plant location by
solving Locational
economics problems.
2.4 Underline the basic
principle of plant
layout design.
layout
• Discuss the concept
locational economics.
• Describe the
principle of plant
layout design.
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
considered for
establishing the
enterprise.
2. Strategy adopted for
identifying the location
[Ex: factor rating, load,
distances method etc.]
3. Type of layout.
4. Physical facilities
existing [line lighting
ventilators, type of
building etc.]
General Objective 3.0: Understand the principles of production planning and control.
4
3.1 Understand the
principles of
production planning
and control.
3.2 Explain the phases
of production
planning.
3.3 Enumerate
production parameters.
3.4 Discuss aggregate
production planning.
3.5 Describe Master
Production Planning
(MRP).
• Discuss the
principles of
production planning
and control
• Enumerate the
various phases of
production planning
and control.
• List the parameters
for production
planning and control.
• Describe the term
aggregate planning.
• Describe master
production planning
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Phase of production
planning and production
control.
2. Planning for the
demand fluctuation.
3. Items are prepared to
order or with forecast.
4. Procedures to
manufacture of one
specific product.
5. Scheduling the orders
(i.e. first come first
schedule or largest
proceeding time and
shortest proceeding time
etc.)
Take the students on
industrial visit.
General Objective 4.0: Understand the principle of material handling.
4.1 Understand the • Explain the concept Recommended Visit a local Take the students on
![Page 242: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
242
5
concept of material
handling.
4.2. Enumerate the
classification of
materials handling
equipment.
4.3 Discuss the
guidelines for effective
utilization of material
handling equipments.
of material handling.
• Classify materials
handling equipment.
• Discuss the selection
of material handling
equipment.
• Describe the
guidelines for
effective utilization of
material handling
equipments.
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Phase of production
planning and production
control.
2. Planning for the
demand fluctuation.
3. Items are prepared to
order or with forecast.
4. Procedures to
manufacture of one
specific product.
5. Scheduling the orders
(i.e. first come first
schedule or largest
proceeding time and
shortest proceeding time
etc.)
industrial visit.
General Objective 5.0: Understand the principle of productivity.
6
5.1 Understand the
concept of
productivity?
5.2 Discuss the
productivity
improvement
techniques.
5.3. State the benefits
of productivity.
• Describe the term
productivity.
• Enumerate the
productivity
improvements
techniques
• Highlight the
benefits of
productivity.
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Material handling in
the company for
production and services.
2. Type of material
handling equipment
used for production and
services.
3. Utilizations of
material handling
equipment.
Take the students on
industrial visit.
General Objective 6.0: Understand the principle of work study.
![Page 243: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
243
7
6.1 Understand the
concept of Work
Study (Time and
Motion Study).
6.2 Underline the
advantages of Work
Study
6.3 Describe method
study and time study.
• Discuss the concept
of Work Study (Time
and Motion Study)
• List the advantages
of Work Study.
• Define method study
and time study.
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Steps involved in the
manufacturing a product
(method study).
2. Cycle time involved
for placing of order till
delivery (Standard Time
Calculation).
Take the students on
industrial visit.
General Objective 7.0: Understand the concept of materials management
8-9
7.1 Recall the reasons
for materials
management.
7.2 Underlist the
functions of materials
management,
7.3 Define purchasing
and state the objective
of purchasing,
7.4 List the various
parameters of
purchasing.
7.5 Describe Store
Managements and its
functions
7.6 Define
Codification and state
its objectives.
7.7 Understand the
concept the process of
inventory control.
7.8 Discuss
standardization and
simplification in
material handling.
• State the reasons for
materials
management.
• Enumerate the
functions of materials
management,
• Explain purchasing
and state the objective
of purchasing.
• Underline the
various parameters of
purchasing.
• Discuss Store
Managements and its
functions
• Analyze codification
and state its
objectives.
• Describe the concept
of inventory control.
•Describe
simplification,
standardization and
value analysis in
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Purchase procedures
adopted.
2. Preparation of Bill of
Material.
3. Adaptation of Just In
Time Manufacturing
Technique.
Take the students on
industrial visit.
![Page 244: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
244
7.9 Define value
analysis
7.10 Underline the
principles of Just-in-
Time (JIT)
manufacturing
material handling.
•Interpret the
principles of Just-in
Time (JIT)
Manufacturing.
General Objective 8.0: Understand the process of industrial waste management.
10
8.1 Define industrial
Waste
Management
8.2 Underlist reasons
for generation and
accumulation of
obsolete, surplus and
scrap Items
8.3 Understand the
process of waste
identification and
control.
8.4 identify procedures
for disposal of scrap
• Describe waste
management in the
industry.
• Discuss the reason
for waste
management.
• Enumerate the
process for waste
identification and
control.
• List the procedures
for disposal of scraps.
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Purchase procedures
adopted.
2. Preparation of Bill of
Material.
3. Adaptation of Just In
Time Manufacturing
Technique.
Take the students on
industrial visit.
General Objective 9.0: Understand the concept of maintenance management
11
9.1 Define
maintenance
management
9.2 List types of
maintenance, their
advantages and
disadvantages
9.3 Underlist the
concept of reliability
in maintenance
9.4 State in details the
concept of
maintenance planning,
maintenance
• Describe
maintenance
management
principles
• Enumerate the types
of maintenance, their
advantages and
disadvantages.
• Discuss the concept
of reliability in
maintenance.
• Explain the concept
of maintenance
planning, maintenance
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc.
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Scraps, wastes and
obsolete items in the
company.
2. Method of Disposal
of wastes, scrap and
obsolete items
Take the students on
industrial visit.
![Page 245: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
245
scheduling and
maintenance schedule
techniques.
scheduling and
maintenance schedule
techniques.
General Objective 10.0: Understand quality control procedures in manufacturing.
12-13
10.1Understand the
concept of quality
control.
10.2Underline the
fundamental
factors affecting
quality.
10.3 Describe
Inspection in quality
management
10.4 Enumerate
objectives of
inspection and purpose
of inspection
10.5 List the types of
quality control.
10.6 Demonstrate
using the seven tools
for quality control.
• Discuss quality
control in
manufacturing.
• State the
fundamental factors
affecting quality.
• Explain inspection in
quality management.
• Highlight the
objectives and purpose
of inspection.
• Underlist the types
of quality control.
• Solve quality control
problems using the
seven tools for quality
control.
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information. 1. Method of maintenance of
equipment. (i.e. preventive
maintenance or
Breakdownmaintenance) 2. Maintenance schedule
followed.
Take the students on
industrial visit.
General Objective 11.0: Understand the basic principles of automation and its application.
14
11.1Define industrial
automation.
11.2 Enumerate
reasons for
automation.
11.3 Underlist various
types of automation
11.3 List the various
automated flow lines
11.4 Understand the
principle of Computer
• Describe industrial
automation.
• State the reasons for
automation.
• Enumerate the types
of automation.
•Define Computer
Integrated
Manufacturing.
•Explain automation
flow lines.
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
Lecture notes,
etc
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Quality control
technique adopted for
raw material.
2. Maintenance of
quality in the process of
manufacture.
3. Method of quality
Take the students on
industrial visit.
![Page 246: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
246
integrated
manufacturing.
11.5 Describe the
automated flow lines.
11.6 Explain
Automated Guided
Vehicles Systems.
• Discuss about
automated guided
vehicles systems.
control technique (i.e.
inspection or sampling
technique).
4. Quality control tools
used (i.e. Pareto chart,
Scatter diagram etc.)
5. Application of control
charts (i.e. control charts
for variable i.e.
thickness and size of
product and for
attributes i.e. number of
defects in process of
manufacturing)
General Objective 12.0: Understand the various workplace hazards and appropriate personal protective devices.
15
12.1 Explain the
concept of
occupational safety
and health.
12.2 Define workplace
hazards
12.3 Underlist the
types of workplace
hazards
12.4 Identify various
personal protective
equipment (PPE)
•Discuss the concept
of occupational safety
and health.
• Describe workplace
hazards.
• List the types of
workplace hazards.
• Enumerate various
personal protective
equipment (PPE)
Visit a local
manufacturing company
to get the following
information.
1. Type of automation
exists. (Flexibility or
fixed)
2. Usage of automated
guided vehicles if any.
3. How is the flow
managed in automation
(i.e. one or more
workers).
4. Automated storage
system (packing) if any.
Take the students on
industrial visit.
![Page 247: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
247
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
COURSE CODE: MCE 423
DURATION: 60 Hours (2 Hours Lectures, 2 Hours Practical)
UNITS: 4.0
General Objectives
On the completion of this module students should be able to:
1 Understand Numerical Control (NC) Machines and their applications
2 Understand Computer Numerical Control (CNC) technology
3 Know CNC Part Programming
4 Understand operations and control of CNC machines
5 Understand installation, maintenance and trouble-shooting of CNC machines
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course Title: Computer
Numerical Control Technology
Semester: Fourth
Code: MCIE423
Pre-Requisite:
Total Hours 4 Hours/Week
Theoretical 2 Hours/Week
Practical 2 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to equip students with knowledge and skill on installation, operations and maintenance of CNC
machines
![Page 248: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
248
COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: Computer Numerical Control Technology Course Code: MCE 423 Contact Hours: 2 – 0 – 2
Course Specification: Theoretical Content Practical Contents
Week
General Objective 1.0: Understand Numerical Control (NC) Machines and their applications
Specific Learning outcomes Teacher activities Resources Specific
Learning
outcomes
Teacher
activities
Resources
1 - 3
1.9 Explain Numerically Control (NC)
machine tools;
classification and
applications.
advantages, disadvantages
and limitations.
principle of operation .
1.10 Explain the binary numerical
system and its application to tape
coding
1.11 Explain monitoring system:
analogue
digital
1.12 Explain the operation of the
monitoring device:
rotary type position transducer
optical grating
1.13 Explain principle and application
of: (a) point-to-point positioning
control (b) continuous path control
1.14 Explain the importance of
ordinate planning and calculation in
component drawings.
Explain 1.1 – 1.6 White-board
markers
Charts
Projector etc.
Identify the
component
parts of NC
machines
Guide students
to carry out
practical
exercise.
NC machine.
General Objectives 2.0: Understand Computer Numerical Control (CNC) technology.
![Page 249: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/249.jpg)
249
4-6
2.1 Explain the concept of CNC
machine:
Evolution
Configuration
Component features
Machine Control Unit (MCU).
2.2 Explain the concept of Distributed
Numerical Control (DNC).
2.3 State the different classifications of
CNC based on:
Motion
Control loop Systems
CNC Axes
Power supply
2.4 Compare NC, CNC and DNC
2.5 Explain CNC Tooling
2.6 Explain selection of CNC Tools in
the following machining operations:
End milling,
Contour milling,
Face milling,
Drilling,
Tapping,
Turning,
Boring etc.
2.7 Explain machining data; spindle
speed (r/min), cutting feed-rate,
depth of cut, width of cut.
2.8 Explain CNC Coordinate systems
Explain 2.1 –
2.8
White-board
markers
Charts
Projector etc.
Identify CNC
component parts.
Identify the CNC
Tools.
Carry out
experiment to
demonstrate the
CNC
Coordinates.
Guide students
to carry out
practical
exercise.
CNC machine
tools
General Objectives 3.0: Understand CNC Part Programming
3.1 Explain the concept of CNC
programming:
Reference point
Explain 3.1 –
3.9
White-board
markers
Charts
- - -
![Page 250: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/250.jpg)
250
7-9
Axes designation
Setting up of Origin
Coding System
3.2 Explain CNC language and
structure.
3.3 Explain CNC Code Syntax
3.4 Explain Alphabetic and special
Character Address Codes.
3.5 Explain types of CNC Codes:
Preparatory Codes (G – Codes)
Miscellaneous Codes (M -
Codes)
3.6 Explain the programming modes;
absolute and relative
programming,
Tool radius compensation
Subroutine
Canned Cycles
3.7 Explain computer-aided Part
Programming.
3.8 Explain Programming Tooling
(APT) Language statements ;
Geometry statement,
Motion Commands,
Post-processor statement and
Auxiliary statements
3.9 Describe the structure and character
of any one of the statements.
Projector etc.
General Objectives 4.0: Understand CNC machine operations.
4.1 Explain CNC setup
4.2 Explain CNC operation sequences:
prestart,
Explain 4.1 -
-4.4
White-board
markers
Charts
Projector etc.
Demonstrate the
operation of
CNC machine.
Guide
students
to carry
CNC machine
Tools.
![Page 251: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/251.jpg)
251
10-12 start/home,
load tools,
set tool length offset,
set fixture offset XY,
set fixture offset Z,
load CNC Program,
run program,
adjust offsets,
shut down etc.
4.3 Explain machine and tool offsets:
Fixture Offset XY,
Fixture Offset Z,
Tool Length Offset (TLO)
4.4 Explain CNC operations:
Milling
Drilling
Tapered turning
Grooving
Threading
out
practical
exercise.
General Objectives 5.0: Understand installation, maintenance and trouble-shooting of CNC machines
13-15 5.1 Explain installation safety
precautions in CNC machine room.
5.2. Explain general safety practices in
CNC machine-shop.
5.3 Explain appropriate maintenance
schedules.
5.4 Explain common troubleshooting
techniques .
Explain 5.1-
5.4
White-board
markers
Charts
Projector etc.
Demonstrate safe
personal conduct
in CNC Shop.
Demonstrate
troubleshooting
basic CNC
errors.
Guide
students
to carry
out
practical
exercise.
CNC machine
Tools
Fault simulator
CNC simulator
![Page 252: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/252.jpg)
252
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: Robotics
COURSE CODE MCE 423
DURATION: 45 Hours (1 Hours Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: ROBOTICS
Semester: FOURTH
Code: MCE 423
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
General Aim: The course aims to provide a detailed knowledge of robotics in the context of manufacturing industry.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand robots
2 Understand sensor principles for different environmental conditions.
3 Understand robot kinematics.
4 Understand homogenous transformation matrices for robots.
5 Understand robot dynamics.
6 Understand machine vision system in robots.
7 Understand various robots programming language.
8 Understand robot intelligence and task planning.
9 Understand feature extraction of images in robots.
10 Understand applications of robots in manufacturing.
![Page 253: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/253.jpg)
253
ROBOTICS
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING
COURSE: ROBOTICS COURSE CODE: MCE 423 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-2Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION: THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand robotics
1-2
1.1 Explain robotics.
1.2 Explain the basic
components of a robot.
1.3 State laws of
robotics.
1.4 Explain laws of
robotics.
1.5 Explain
classification of robots.
1.6 Describe robot
motion work space.
1.7 Explain:
power
transmission
system
Control System.
Explain 1.1 – 1.7 Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
Duster,
Related videos,
etc.
Identify components of
robot based on
configuration and
application.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
MAT Lab
Software Touch
Sensor,
Force sensor
Wrist force
sensor
Servo Motors
Drive Gears
Potentiometer
Stepper Motor
Object tracking
software
Cirrus Software
General Objective 2.0: Understand sensor principles for different environmental conditions.
3
2.1 Explain the
following in relation to
different environmental
conditions:
Position
Velocity
Acceleration
Force pressure
and
Torque sensor
principles
2.2 Explain applications
of sensors in robotics.
Explain 2.1 - 2.2 Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board, duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
etc.
Identify the various
types of sensors based
on environmental
conditions.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
MAT Lab
software
Touch sensor,
Force sensor
Wrist force sensor
Object tracking
software.
![Page 254: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/254.jpg)
254
General Objective 3.0: Understand robot kinematics.
4
3.1 Explain the
principles of robot
kinematics
3.2 Explain concept of
robot end effectors.
3.3 Explain types of
robot end effectors.
3.4 Explain various
mechanical grippers
used in robots.
Explain 3.1 – 3.4 Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
etc.
Identify the components
of robots with drive
system and end
effectors.
Determine kinematics
using Cirrus Software.
Describe the various
components of robots
with drive system and
end effectors.
MAT Lab
software
Touch sensor,
Force sensor
Wrist force sensor
Object tracking
software
Servo Motors
Drive Gears
Potentiometer
Stepper Motor
Cirrus Software.
General Objective 4.0: Understand homogenous transformation matrices for robots.
5-6
4.1 Explain matrix
representation in robots.
4.2 Explain basic robot
motion & homogeneous
transformation in robots.
4.3 Explain forward and
inverse kinematics of
robots.
4.4 Explain trajectory
planning, degeneracy
and dexterity in relation
to robots.
Explain 4.1 - 4.4
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
etc.
General Objective 5.0: Understand robot dynamics.
7
5.1 Explain robot
dynamics.
5.2 Explain
manipulators in robots.
5.3 Explain Lagrange’s
Equation.
5.4 Describe Lagrange-
Euler dynamic model.
Explain 5.1 – 5.4 Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
Duster,
Related videos,
etc.
General Objective 6.0:Understand machine vision system in robots
![Page 255: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/255.jpg)
255
8-10
6.1 Explain concept of
machine visions in
robots.
6.2 Explain concept of
image processing and
image analysis.
6.3 Explain various
types of image
processing techniques.
6.4 Explain edge
detection in robots.
6.5 Explain binary
morphology and gray
morphology operations.
Explain 6.1 – 6.5.
Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board,
Duster,
Related videos,
etc.
Determine maximum
and minimum position
of links in robots.
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
MAT Lab
software
Touch sensor,
Force sensor
Wrist force sensor
Object tracking
software
Servo Motors
Drive Gears
Potentiometer
Stepper Motor.
Robot Trainer.
General Objective 7.0: Understand robots programming language.
11
7.1 Explain robot
programming skills.
7.2 Explain robot
languages.
7.3 Explain artificial
intelligence (AI)
programming
techniques.
7.4 Explain the
following AI languages:
LISP
PROLOG.
Explain 7.1 – 7.4. Recommended
Textbook,
White Marker
Board, duster,
Related videos,
etc.
Identify transformation
(Position and
orientation) with respect
to gripper and world
coordinate system.
Demonstrate how to
download C code to
robot controller and
show how it affect the
robot based on the
sensor input
Guide students to carry
out practical exercises.
Robot Trainer,
Laptop, robot
controller,
operator interface
Motor,
multimeter,
breadboard,
variable resistor,
oscilloscope,
PWM amplifier,
MAT Lab
software and
other relevant
software.
General Objective 8.0: Understand robot intelligence and task planning.
8.1 Explain robot
intelligence and task
planning.
8.2 Explain State Space
Search process.
8.3 Evaluate using the
Means-Ends Analysis in
Explain 8.1 – 8.4 Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board, duster,
Temporary
Marker,
Related videos,
![Page 256: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/256.jpg)
256
12 8.2.
8.4 Explain Robot
Learning.
etc.
General Objective 9.0: Understand extraction of images in robots.
13
9.1 Explain Feature
Extraction in robots.
9.2 Explain Image
Resolution.
9.3 Explain Object
recognition by features.
Explain 9.1 – 9.3 Recommended
textbook,
White Marker
Board, duster,
Related videos,
etc
Demonstrate image
processing using
MATLAB via the
camera
Guide students to carry
out practical exercise.
MAT Lab
software
Camera
General Objective 10.0: Understand applications of robots in manufacturing.
14-15
10.1 Explain the
application of robotics
manufacturing.
10.2 Explain robotic cell
design and control.
10.3 Explain social
issues that may arise due
to invention of robots
and economics of
robotics.
Explain 10.1 – 10.3 Recommended
textbook,
Marker Board,
duster, Related
videos,
Lecture notes,
etc
![Page 257: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/257.jpg)
257
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE: MEDICAL MECHATRONICS
COURSE TITLE: MCI 421
DURATION: 45 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 1 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: MEDICAL MECHATRONICS
Semester: FOURTH
Code: MCI 421
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to expose students to sensors and actuators used in bio-medical system design.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the sources of bioelectric potential, electrodes and transducers.
2 Understand bio-potential electrodes, biological amplifiers and recorders
3 Know measurement and analytical equipment
4 Know therapeutic and prosthetic equipment
5 Know fundamentals of medical imaging
6 Understand electrical safety and telementry.
![Page 258: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/258.jpg)
258
MEDICAL MECHATRONICS
PROGRAMME: HND IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Course: MEDICAL
MECHATRONICS
Course Code: MCE 421 Contact Hours: 2-0-1 HRS/WK
Theoretical Content Practical Content
General Objective 1.0: Understand the sources of bioelectric potential, electrodes and transducers.
Week Specific
Learning
Outcomes
Teacher’s
Activities
Resources Specific
Learning
Outcomes
Teachers
Activities
Resources
1-2
1.1 Explain the
generation of
electrical signal in:
Human cell,
Resting
Action potential.
1.2 Explain the following
and their significance
Electrodes,
Electrolytes and
Biosensors.
1.3 List Biomedical
Instruments
Explain 1,1 – 1.3 Whiteboard,
Marker, lecture
notes, Projector,
e-resources
etc.
Identify electrodes and
electrolytes for different
measurement of parameters.
Guide students to
carry out practical
exercise.
Electrodes,
Electrolytes,
Biomedical
Instruments
etc.
General Objective 2.0: Understand bio-potential electrodes, biological amplifiers and recorders
3-4
2.1 Explain the origin of
bio-potential
electrodes, ECG,
ENG, EMG,
EEG, MEG,
ERG, signal
conditioners and
amplifiers etc.
2.2 Describe the
Recording systems
for the bio-potentials
listed 2.1 use for:
Explain 2.1 – 2.2 Whiteboard,
Marker, lecture
notes, Projector,
e-resources
etc.
- Conduct experiment to
determine the working
principle and application
of bio-potential, ECG,
ENG, EMG, EEG,
MEG ERG.
Guide students to
carry out practical
exercise.
ECG, ENG,
EMG, EEG,
MEG, ERG etc
![Page 259: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/259.jpg)
259
patient
monitoring
system,
Foetus heart rate
monitor
General Objective 3.0: Know measurement and analytical equipment.
5-6
3.1Explain the principle
of operation of the
following equipment:
Blood
flow-meters,
Cardiac output
measurement
Pulmonary
function analysers
3.2 Describe the principle
of operation of following
equipment:
Blood gas
analysers,
oximeters,
Blood cell
counters,
Audiometers
Explain 3.1 – 3.2 Whiteboard,
Marker, lecture
notes, Projector,
e-resources
etc.
General Objective 4.0: Know therapeutic and prosthetic equipment
7-9
4.1 Explain the principle
of operations of the
following:
Cardiac
Pacemakers.
Cardiac
defibrillators,
Hemo-dialysis
machine,
Electrosurgical
unit,
Explain 4.1 – 4.4. Whiteboard,
Marker, lecture
notes, Projector,
e-resources
etc.
![Page 260: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/260.jpg)
260
Ventilators,
Infant incubator,
Drug delivery
devices,
4.2 Describe Orthotic
and Prosthetic
devices.
4.3 Classify the following
according to phases:
Normal Human
Locomotion
Gait Cycle,
4.4 Explain the following
biomaterials:
Biological testing
and
Bio-compatibility,
Upper and lower
limb prosthetic
devices.
Upper and lower
limb orthotic
devices.
General Objective 5.0: Know fundamentals of medical imaging
10-12
5.1 Explain the principle
of operation of
following medical
imaging equipment:
X-ray,
Computed
Tomography
(Spiral or helical C
T, Slip ring
technology and C
T angiography).
Explain 5.1 – 5.4 5.1 Explain the
following
medical
Imaging:
![Page 261: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/261.jpg)
261
Magnetic
resonance imaging
5.2 Explain the following:
Nuclear medical
imaging
Biological effects
and safety,
Infrared imaging,
Liquid crystal
thermography
Microwave
thermography
5.4 Describe the
following:
Endoscopy,
Gastroscope,
Bronchoscope,
Cystoscope,
Colonoscope,
Enteroscope
Lithotripsy.
General Objective 6.0: Understand electrical safety and telementry.
13-15
6.1 Explain:
Macroshocks and
microshocks
hazards,
electrical safety
EMI/RFI
interference and its
testing.
6.2 Describe:
Biomedical
telemetry,
Wireless and
multi patient
telemetry.
Explain 6.1 – 6.2. Whiteboard,
Marker, lecture
notes, Projector,
e-resources
etc.
![Page 262: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/262.jpg)
262
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL CONTROL II (DCS & SCADA)
COURSE CODE: MCI 422
DURATION: 45 Hours (1 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 3.0
Subject: INDUSTRIAL CONTROL II
(DCS & SCADA)
Semester: FOURTH
Code: MCI 422
Pre-requisite: PLC AND
INDUSTRIAL COMMUNICATION.
Total Hours: 3 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 1 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
General Aim: This course is intended to equip students with the knowledge and skills of implementing various industrial networks.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand industrial control systems
2 Understand distributed control system (DCS)
3 Understand supervisory control & data acquisition (SCADA)
4 Understand human-machine interfaces (HMI) and machine control/monitoring
5 Understand plant wide control systems and automation strategy
6 Understand instrumentation standard protocols
![Page 263: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/263.jpg)
263
INDUSTRIAL CONTROL II (DCS & SCADA)
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (ALL OPTIONS)
COURSE: INDUSTRIAL CONTROL II (DCS & SCADA) COURSE CODE: MCI 422 CONTACT Hours: 1-0-2 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective 1.0: Understand basic concept of industrial automation
Week Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers
Activities
Resources Specific Learning
Outcomes
Teachers
Activities
Resources
1-2
1.1 Explain basic Elements
of an industrial control
system (ICS):
Key ICS components
Control components
Network components
1.2 Explain structure of
industrial control systems
(PLC, SCADA, DCS).
1.3 Explain the Benefits of
Automation.
Explain 1.1 – 1.3
Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
Recommend
chapter(s) to be
ready for the
students.
General Objective: 2.0: Understand distributed control system (DCS).
3-4
2.1 Explain DCS
implémentation.
2.2 Explain DCS
communications topologies.
2.3 Explain Security and
vulnerability of DCS
systems.
2.4 Explain the types and
major manufacturers of
DCS systems.
2.5 Explain the advantages
and disadvantages of DCS
systems.
Explain 2.1 – 2.5. Whiteboard,
Marker, lecture
notes,
Projector, e-
resources
etc.
Demonstrate Distributed
Control System (DCS)
programming using Function
Block
Diagram method.
Guide students to
carry out practical
exercise.
DCS Software.
PC/Laptop etc.
General Objective: 3.0: Understand supervisory control & data acquisition (SCADA)
3.1 Explain SCADA system
general layout - monolithic,
distributed, and networked -
Explain 3.1 – 3.6 Whiteboard,
Marker, lecture
notes,
Demonstrate GUI
development for any one
application using SCADA
Guide students to
carry out practical
exercises.
MATLAB,
PLC Software,
SCADA,
![Page 264: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/264.jpg)
264
5-6
Hardware architecture -
Software architecture -
Communications topologies
-
Interfacing - Intelligent
devices - Human-machine
interfaces and operator
displays/controls
3.2 Explain differences
between SCADA and DCS
systems.
3.3 Explain alarms and its
management.
3.4 Explain security and
vulnerability of SCADA
systems
3.5 Explain types and major
manufacturers of SCADA
systems.
3.6 Explain advantages and
disadvantages of SCADA
systems.
Projector, e-
resources
Etc.
software.
Demonstrate PLC interfaced
with SCADA and status read/
command transfer operation.
Demonstrate Parameter
reading of PLC in SCADA.
Demonstrate alarm
annunciation using SCADA.
Demonstrate reporting and
trending in SCADA System.
Demonstrate temperature
sensing using SCADA
Components,
measuring
tools/equipment
HMI Software
MOD Bus
Limit Switches
Push Button
Float Switches
Flow Switches
Relay Contacts
General Objective 4.0: Understand human-machine interfaces (HMI) and machine control/monitoring.
7-8
4.1 Explain Panel/Terminal
installation considerations.
4.2 Explain panel/terminal
maintenance and
troubleshooting.
4.3 Explain the procedure
for data logging, trending,
and diagnostics.
4.4 Explain modifying and
maintaining a HMI project:
Configuring driver and
OPC communications,
Modifying tag database
and tag monitor
Explain 4.1 – 4.6 Whiteboard,
Marker, lecture
notes,
Projector, e-
resources
etc.
Demonstrate establishing
communication with device
Guide students to
carry out practical
exercise.
Programming
tools/equipment:
HMI Software
MOD Bus
Limit Switches
Push Button
Float Switches
Flow Switches
Relay Contacts
![Page 265: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/265.jpg)
265
Creating and modifying
graphic displays and
objects configuring
and running activity log
files,
Configuring trends,
security and startup
settings
Creating macros and
symbols,
Configuring and
running alarms,
Creating and modifying
key definition control,
Create, modify and
download recipe files,
Modify and run derived
tag, parameter, event
files and data log
models.
4.6 Explain additional
functional operations of
HMI.
General Objective 5.0: Understand plant wide control systems and automation strategy.
9-11
5.1 Explain the evolution of
instrumentation and control
and role of automation in
industries.
5.2 Describe the hybrid
DCS/PLC System.
5.3 Explain The following;
Automation strategy
evolution,
Control system audit,
Performance criteria,
Safety systems.
Explain 5.1 – 5.6 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
Components
Demonstrate process
automation using MATLAB,
PLC Software,
SCADA,
HMI Software
MOD Bus.
Guide students to
carry out practical
exercise.
MATLAB,
PLC Software,
SCADA,
HMI Software
MOD Bus.
![Page 266: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/266.jpg)
266
5.4 Explain the advance
applications of PLC
and SCADA (PLC
programming methods
as per IEC 61131).
5.5 Explain PLC
applications for batch
process and analog
control.
5.6 Explain PLC interface to
SCADA/DCS using
communication links
(RS232, RS485) and
protocols (Mod bus
ASCII/RTU).
General Objective 6: Understand instrumentation standard protocols
11-15 6.1 Explain the distributed
control systems (DCS)
as an automation tool to
support enterprise
resources planning.
6.2 Explain DCS
architecture of different
makes and latest trends
and developments.
6.3 Explain DCS
engineering and design.
6.4 Explain application
development and
automation for industry
verticals.
6.5 Explain application
development and
automation for
following industries:
Power
Water and Waste Water
Explain 6.1 – 6.5 Marker,
whiteboard
recommended
textbooks,
computer and
scientific
calculator
![Page 267: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/267.jpg)
267
Treatment
Food and Beverages
Cement
Pharmaceuticals
Automobile and
Building Automation.
![Page 268: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/268.jpg)
268
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: Automotive Technology II
COURSE CODE: MCA 421
DURATION: 60 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 2 Hours Practical)
CREDIT UNIT: 4.0
Subject: Automotive Technology II
Semester: Fourth
Code: MCA 421
Pre-requisite:
Total Hours: 4 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Goal: This course is designed to acquaint the student with knowledge and skills in trouble-shooting using standard procedures
for maintaining modern automotive air conditioning and heating systems.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand the fundamentals and basic principles of automotive air-conditioning system.
2 Understand the fundamentals and basic principles of automotive heating system.
3 Know the operation and functions of the components of automotive air-conditioning and heating systems
4 Understand the principle of automatic control of automotive air-conditioning and heating systems
5 Understand the steps involved in diagnosis and troubleshooting of automotive air-conditioning and heating systems
![Page 269: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/269.jpg)
269
AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY II
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
COURSE: AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY II COURSE CODE: MCA 421 CONTACT HOURS: 2-0-2 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENT PRACTICAL CONTENT
General Objective 1.0: Understand the fundamentals and basic principles of automotive air-conditioning system.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes Teachers Activities Resources
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1-2
1.1 Define the
following terms:
- Heat and Modes of
heat transfer.
- Latent Heat,
Sensible Heat.
- Various
Refrigerants and
its properties.
- Air circulation and
Humidity.
- Cooling the air.
- Drying and
cleaning the air.
- Due Point
Temperature, Wet
bulb/Dry bulb
Temperature,
Humidity, Relative
Humidity.
1.2 Explain Air-
conditioning principle
with Schematic
layout (Vapour
Compression
Refrigeration cycle).
Explain 1.1 - 1.4 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Perform experiment to
demonstrate Vapour
Compression
Refrigeration (VCR)
cycle
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
activities.
Air-
conditioning
and
Refrigeration
test rig.
General Objective 2.0: Understand the fundamentals and basic principles of automotive heating system.
![Page 270: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/270.jpg)
270
3-4
2.1 Explain the
operating modes of
automotive heaters.
2.2 Describe manually
controlled air-
conditioner heater
systems.
2.3 State different types
of air-conditioner
heater systems.
2.4 Explain different
types of air-conditioner
heater systems
Explain 2.1 - 2.4 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Identify air-conditioner
heater systems
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
activities.
Air-
conditioning
and
Refrigeration
test rig.
General Objective 3.0: Understand the operation and functions of the components of automotive air-conditioning and heating
systems
5-7
3.1 Describe the
operation of air-
conditioning basic
components such as:
- Magnetic clutch.
- Compressors with
types.
- Condensers.
- Receiver Drier and
Filter.
- Expansion valves
and suction valves.
- Evaporator and heat
sensing tube.
- Thermostats switch,
Evaporator Pressure
Regulator.
Explain 3.1 Marker, white
board,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Identify the following
air-conditioner
components:
- Magnetic clutch.
- Compressors with
types.
- Condensers.
- Receiver Drier and
Filter.
- Expansion valves and
suction valves.
- Evaporator and heat
sensing tube.
- Thermostats switch,
Evaporator Pressure
Regulator.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
activities.
Air-
conditioning
and
Refrigeration
test rig.
General Objective 4.0: Understand the principle of automatic control of automotive air-conditioning and heating systems
![Page 271: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/271.jpg)
271
8-10
4.1 Describe principle
of operation of
automatic temperature
control automotive air-
conditioning system.
4.2 Explain the
different parts of
automatic controlled
air conditioning
system.
4.3 Describe humidity
control (Humidifier
and Dehumidifier)
4.4 Explain automatic
climate control.
Explain 4.1 - 4.4 Marker, white
board,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Identify the automatic
control system of
automotive air-
conditioning system.
Identify the different
parts of automatic
control system of
automotive air-
conditioning system.
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
activities.
Air-
conditioning
and
Refrigeration
test rig.
General Objective 5.0: Understand the steps involved in diagnosis and general troubleshooting of automotive air-conditioning and
heating systems faults
11-15
5.1 Explain fire
prevention processes.
5.2 Enumerate basic
shop safety rules
5.3 State air-
conditioner service
safety rules.
5.4 Explain the
procedures involved in
maintenance and
service of various
components of air-
conditioner system.
Explain 5.1 - 5.6 Marker, white
board, Duster,
projector,
computer to
play the video
clips,
recommended
textbooks,
Use car heater system
trouble diagnosis chart to
diagnose faults.
Perform trouble-shooting
car air-conditioning
system using air-
conditioner trouble -
diagnosis chart
Use the Leak detector to
check for leakages.
Check the pressures with
pressure gauge set.
Perform the following:
- periodic maintenance
Guide the students and
ask them to perform the
activities.
Air-
conditioning
and
Refrigeration
test rig.
- Charging
units.
- Hoses.
- Gauges.
- Refrigerant
![Page 272: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/272.jpg)
272
5.5 Explain the
processes involved in
charging and
discharging of air-
conditioner system.
5.6 Explain the causes
of air-conditioner
failure.
5.7 Explain car heater
system trouble
diagnosis chart
- Vacuum pump service
- Discharge the system.
- Add oil.
- Evacuate the system
- Vapour charging and
Liquid charging.
- Use of Recovery
recharging unit.
Carryout car air-
conditioner service.
Remove and replace
components:
- O – rings
- Hose clamps
- Compressor drive
belts
- the compressor
- other components.
Service different car air-
conditioner compressors.
(R-4, R-6, V-type etc.)
![Page 273: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/273.jpg)
273
PROGRAMME: Higher National Diploma (HND) in Mechatronics Engineering Technology
COURSE TITLE: INTELLIGENT VEHICLE TECHNOLOGIES
COURSE CODE: MCA 422
DURATION: 30 Hours (2 Hour Lecture, 0 Hours Practical)
UNIT: 2.0
Subject: INTELLIGENT VEHICLE
TECHNOLOGIES
Semester: First
Code: MCA 422
Pre-requisite: AUTOMITIVE
NETWORKING
Total Hours: 2 Hours/Week
Theoretical hours: 2 Hours/Week
Practical hours: 0Hours/Week
General Aim: This course is designed to Equip students with the knowledge and skills of implementing various industrial networks.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES
On completion of this module students should be able to :
1 Understand Driver Support Systems and Sensor Technologies.
2 Understand The Principle Of Operation Of VANETs And Need For Telematics
3 Understand Safety and Security Systemsin vehicles
4 Understand Vision Sensor System.
5 Understand Autonomous Vehicles.
6 Understand Automotive Control System
![Page 274: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/274.jpg)
274
INTELLIGENT VEHICLE TECHNOLOGIES
PROGRAMME: HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING (AUTOMOTIVE OPTIONS)
COURSE: INTELLIGENT VEHICLE TECHNOLOGIES COURSE CODE:
MCA422 CONTACT Hours: 2-0-0 Hrs/Wk
COURSE SPECIFICATION:THEORETICAL CONTENTS PRACTICAL CONTENTS
General Objective 1.0: Understand Driver Support Systems and Sensor Technologies.
Week Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources Specific Learning Outcomes
Teachers Activities Resources
1
1.1 Explain the basic
concepts of driver
assistance system.
1.2 Explain the
following:
driver support
systems
driver information
driver perception
driver convenience
driver monitoring
1.3 Explain vehicle
support systems;
general vehicle
control
collision avoidance
vehicle status
monitoring
1.4 Explain intelligent
vehicle sensor
technologies.
Explain activity 1.1-1.5. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
- - -
![Page 275: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/275.jpg)
275
1.5 Explain the CAN
bus;
Introduction,
Functional concepts
Hierarchical
organization
Implementations
CAN applications
The future of CAN.
General Objective: 2.0: Understand The Principle Of Operation Of VANETs And Need For Telematics
2 2.1 Explain the basic
concept of intelligent
transport system.
2.2 Explain Intelligent
transportation system
(ITS);
Vision for ITS
communications
Multimedia
communication in a
car
Current ITS
communication
systemsand services.
2.3 Explain the following
communication systems;
Vehicle-vehicle
road-vehicle
Inter vehicular
Intra vehicular
2.4 Explain VANETS;
Device technologies
Optical
Explain activity 2.1-2.5. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
- - -
![Page 276: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/276.jpg)
276
Technologies
millimeter wave
technologies.
2.5 Explain the concept
of Telematics;
Global positioning
systems
geographical
information systems
navigation systems
automotive vision
system
Road recognition
driver assistance
General Objective: 3.0: Understand Safety and Security Systems in vehicles
3-4
3.1 Explain the concept
of safety systems.
3.2 Explain the
following Safety
Systems:
Airbags
seat belt tightening
collision warning
child lock
Anti-lockBraking
3.3 Explain the concepts
of automotive Security
Systems.
3.4 Explain the
following automotive
Explain activity 3.1-3.4. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
- - -
![Page 277: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/277.jpg)
277
Security Systems:
Anti-theft
technologies
smart card system
number plate coding
General Objective 4.0: Understand Vision Sensor System.
5
4.1 Explain the
Operating principles of
vision system.
4.2 Explain the
following;
components of a
vision sensor
system
Sensor raw data
analysis
Applications and
results.
4.3 Explain the
Applications of vision in
driver assistance
systems.
4.4 Explain
Autonomous driving
and Heavy truck
coupling.
4.5 Explain the
Explain activity 4.1-4.3.. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
- - -
![Page 278: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/278.jpg)
278
Principles and
applications of computer
vision for driver
assistant systems.
4.6 Explain the
following;
Driver assistance
on highways
Lane recognition
Traffic sign
recognition (TSR)
Driver assistance in
urban traffic
Stereo vision
Shape-based
analysis
Road recognition
4.7 Explain object
recognition as a
classification problem;
Traffic lights and
signs
Pedestrian
recognition
General Objective 5.0: Understand Automotive Control System
![Page 279: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/279.jpg)
279
5.1 Explain the
Concepts of Automotive
Control System.
5.2 Explain Vehicle
Dynamics and Human
Factors.
5.3 Explain Power Train
Control Systems
5.4 Explain Vehicle
Control Systems
5.5 Explain Intelligent
Transportation Systems
Explain activity 5.1-5.5. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
- - -
General Objective 6.0: Understand Autonomous Vehicles.
6-7
6.1 Explain the DARPA
Challenge and ARGO
prototype vehicle
concepts.
6.2 Explain theGeneric
Obstacle and Lane
Detection (GOLD)
System;
The inverse
perspective mapping
Lane detection
Obstacle detection
Vehicle detection
Pedestrian detection
software systems
architecture
Computational
Explain activity 6.1-6.3. Marker,
whiteboard
Projector
- - -
![Page 280: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/280.jpg)
280
performance
6.3 Explain the ARGO
prototype vehicle
Hardware;
Functionalities
data acquisition
system
processing system
output system
control system
Other vehicle
equipments and
emergency features
The MilleMiglia in
Automatico test
![Page 281: NATIONAL BOARD FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM … Mechatronic.pdf · mechatronics systems and equipment for both the public and private sectors of the economy. Objectives On completion](https://reader034.vdocuments.site/reader034/viewer/2022042021/5e77f9d24433bc7eb6513f0f/html5/thumbnails/281.jpg)
281
LIST OF PARTICIPANTS AT THE NATIONAL CRITIQUE WORKSHOP ON HND MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
S/N NAME ORGANIZATION AND ADDRESS RANK PHONE NUMBER/E-MAIL 1. Musa M. Isgogo N.B.T.E., Kaduna Ag. Director
Polytechnic Programmes
Department,
08067185383
2 Engr. Abba M. Danmowa Polytechnic Programmes Department,
NBTE Kaduna
Deputy Director 08023104697/08034304850
3. Dr. (Mrs.) Fatima Kabir Umar Polytechnic Programmes Department,
NBTE Kaduna
Deputy Director [email protected]
4. Engr. Yusuf S. Ringim Polytechnic Programmes Department,
NBTE Kaduna
Deputy Director [email protected]
08034697876
5. Engr. Balogun Wasiu Adebayo Lagos State Polytechnic, Ikorodu Head of Department,
Mechatronics Engineering
08037276244
6. Engr. Adekoya A.O. Yaba College of Technology, Lagos Head of Department,
Mechatronics Engineering
08062498485
7. Engr. Dr. J.I. Ukpai Polytechnic Programmes Department,
NBTE Kaduna
Chief Programmes Officer 08035552002
8. Engr. Olaiya Kamorudeen A. The Polytechnic, Ibadan Head of Department,
Mechatronics Engineering
08059782951/08039624972
9. Engr. A.U. Affiah Federal Polytechnic, Nekede,Owerri Principal Lecturer 08037064284
10. Engr(Mrs.) A. A. Adedeji Osun State College of Technology,
Esa-Oke
Head of Department,
Mechatronics Engineering
08063180225
11. Engr. Dr. Haruna Musa BUK, Kano
COREN Representative
Head of Department,
Mechatronics Engineering
08037052300
12. Engr. Kabir Salisu Danja Polytechnic Programmes Department,
NBTE Kaduna
Principal Programmes
Officer
08066022440
13 Mr. Olanrele Oladeji Department of Mechatronics,
Engineering. The polytechnic, Ibadan
Lecturer II 08027551880
14 Engr. Vincent U. Ayogu Institute of Management and
Technology, Enugu
Principal Lecturer 08038946462
15. Mrs. Grace Adama, CAN. NBTE, Kaduna Assistant Chief Accountant 08023724931
16 Rabi Sani N.B.T.E, Kaduna Senior Data Processing
Officer
08036913246